WO2021032029A1 - 侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021032029A1
WO2021032029A1 PCT/CN2020/109386 CN2020109386W WO2021032029A1 WO 2021032029 A1 WO2021032029 A1 WO 2021032029A1 CN 2020109386 W CN2020109386 W CN 2020109386W WO 2021032029 A1 WO2021032029 A1 WO 2021032029A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
sci
data
csi
side link
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/109386
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄海宁
黎超
张兴炜
王俊伟
刘哲
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2022510070A priority Critical patent/JP2022544970A/ja
Priority to KR1020227008538A priority patent/KR20220061132A/ko
Priority to EP20855230.7A priority patent/EP4016892A4/en
Publication of WO2021032029A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021032029A1/zh
Priority to US17/672,545 priority patent/US20220173829A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25—Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
    • H04L1/0004—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes applied to control information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0015—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy
    • H04L1/0016—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy involving special memory structures, e.g. look-up tables
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0026—Transmission of channel quality indication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0027—Scheduling of signalling, e.g. occurrence thereof
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0032—Distributed allocation, i.e. involving a plurality of allocating devices, each making partial allocation
    • H04L5/0033—Distributed allocation, i.e. involving a plurality of allocating devices, each making partial allocation each allocating device acting autonomously, i.e. without negotiation with other allocating devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0057—Physical resource allocation for CQI
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078—Timing of allocation
    • H04L5/0082—Timing of allocation at predetermined intervals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0092—Indication of how the channel is divided
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70—Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/40—Resource management for direct mode communication, e.g. D2D or sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/0008—Modulated-carrier systems arrangements for allowing a transmitter or receiver to use more than one type of modulation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/18—Phase-modulated carrier systems, i.e. using phase-shift keying
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32—Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34—Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for transmitting side link channel state information.
  • V2X communication is an important key technology for realizing environment perception and information interaction in the Internet of Vehicles.
  • Other devices here can be other vehicles, other infrastructure, pedestrians, terminal devices, etc.
  • a side link (SL) is a communication link between a terminal device (such as a vehicle) and a terminal device (such as other devices).
  • the sending device sends a reference signal to the receiving device. After receiving the reference signal, the receiving device determines the channel state information (CSI) between the sending device and the receiving device, and then passes the CSI through the physical
  • CSI channel state information
  • the layer side uplink shared channel PSSCH is sent to the sending device. However, the receiving device does not always send data to the sending device.
  • the sending device uses the physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) to send CSI alone, which will cause a waste of resources. .
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the transmitting device cannot determine when to use the PSSCH alone to transmit the CSI, and cannot guarantee the reliability of the transmission of the side link CSI.
  • the present application provides a method and communication device for transmitting side link channel state information.
  • the reliability of CSI transmission on the side link can be guaranteed. Further, the consumption of resources for transmitting CSI can also be reduced, and the utilization of resources can be improved.
  • a method for transmitting side link channel state information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a first terminal device or a chip applied to the first terminal device. Take the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device sends instruction information to a second terminal device, the instruction information is used to indicate a time window, and a first time interval within the time window is used by the first terminal device to receive information from the second terminal device
  • the channel state information CSI and the first data of the side link of the side link, the second time interval in the time window is used for the first terminal device to receive the CSI from the second terminal device, and the first time interval is in time Domain is earlier than the second time interval
  • the first terminal device sends a reference signal RS to the second terminal device, and the RS is used to determine the CSI
  • the first terminal device receives data from the second terminal device in the first time interval
  • the CSI and the first data of the terminal device, or the CSI from the second terminal device is received in the second time interval.
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • a time window for CSI feedback is configured.
  • the time window includes a first time interval for data and CSI feedback together and a second time only for CSI feedback Interval. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window. In this implementation manner, the efficiency and accuracy of the second terminal device in determining the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window can be improved.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window is predefined.
  • the first terminal device does not need to indicate to the second terminal device the time domain position of the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the first terminal device receives the CSI and the first data from the second terminal device in a first time interval , Including: the first terminal device receives the CSI from the second terminal device, the identifier of the first terminal device, and the broadcast data or multicast data in the first time interval.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and a CQI table in the CQI table. CQI value.
  • the CSI can be made more effective, and the accuracy and reliability of the CSI can be improved. It is beneficial for the first terminal device to select appropriate MCS parameters according to the CSI) to send data to the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link to the second terminal device, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate A CQI table corresponding to the side link, where the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device it is beneficial for the second terminal device to accurately and quickly determine the CQI table, and further determine the CQI value in the CQI table. Improve the accuracy and reliability of CSI.
  • the first terminal device sending CQI table indication information to the second terminal device includes: the first terminal device sending the first side uplink control to the second terminal device Information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a quality of service indication field, the priority The level field and/or the quality of service indication field are used to indicate the CQI table.
  • the CQI table is indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field included in the first SCI, which can save signaling overhead for indicating the CQI table.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, the first SCI includes an indication field, and the indication field Used to indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device on the side link Data sent to the second terminal device on the link.
  • the first terminal device indicates the MCS table to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can determine the MCS parameters used to receive data from the first terminal device according to the MCS table, and improve the second terminal device Determining the reliability of the MCS form helps the second terminal device to accurately receive data.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the MCS table is indicated by the priority field and/or the service quality indication field included in the first SCI, which can save the signaling overhead for indicating the MCS table.
  • the CSI is carried in a second SCI received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
  • the SCI sent by the second terminal device, and the SCI carries the CSI, the reliability of the transmission of the CSI can be ensured. Reduce the resource overhead of CSI transmission.
  • a method for transmitting side link channel state information is provided, and the execution subject of the method may be a second terminal device or a chip applied to the second terminal device. Take the execution subject as the second terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device receives instruction information from a first terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a time window; the second terminal device determines a first time interval and a second time interval within the time window, and The first time interval is used by the second terminal device to send sidelink channel state information CSI and first data to the first terminal device, and the second time interval is used by the second terminal device to send the first terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the first time interval is earlier than the second time interval in the time domain; the second terminal device receives the reference signal RS from the first terminal device; the second terminal device determines the CSI; the second terminal device sends the CSI and first data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval.
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the second aspect provides a method for transmitting side link channel state information, by configuring a time window for CSI feedback, the time window includes a first time interval for data and CSI feedback together and a second time only for CSI feedback Interval. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI. In addition, it is specified that only CSI is sent in the second time interval, which reduces the consumption of resources for sending only CSI and improves the utilization rate of resources.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window. In this implementation manner, the efficiency and accuracy of the second terminal device in determining the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window can be improved.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window is predefined. In this implementation manner, there is no need to indicate to the second terminal device the time domain position of the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the second terminal device sending the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in the first time interval includes: The second terminal device sends the CSI, the identifier of the first terminal device, and the broadcast data or multicast data to the first terminal device in the first time interval.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and the CQI table in the CQI table. CQI value.
  • the CSI can be made more effective, and the accuracy and reliability of the CSI can be improved.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link from the first terminal device, and the CQI table indication information uses To indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link; the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or corresponding to the data from the first terminal device that the second terminal device receives on the side link Quality of service; the second terminal device determines the CQI table corresponding to the side link according to the CQI table indication information.
  • the receiving, by the second terminal device, the CQI table indication information from the first terminal device includes: receiving by the second terminal device from the first side of the first terminal device Uplink control information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule the data from the first terminal device received by the second terminal device on the side uplink, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or service A quality indication field, where the priority field or the service quality indication field is used to indicate the priority and/or service quality corresponding to the data.
  • the CQI table is indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field included in the first SCI, which can save signaling overhead for indicating the CQI table.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the first side link control information SCI from the first terminal device, the first SCI includes an indication field, the The indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data received from the first terminal device on the side link by the second terminal device, and the first SCI is used for scheduling
  • the second terminal device receives data from the first terminal device on the side link.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the MCS table is indicated by the priority field and/or the service quality indication field included in the first SCI, which can save the signaling overhead for indicating the MCS table.
  • the CSI is carried in a second SCI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device carries the CSI on the SCI to send the first terminal device, which can ensure the reliability of CSI transmission. Reduce the resource overhead of CSI transmission.
  • a method for transmitting side link channel state information is provided, and the execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device or the chip applied to the first terminal device. Take the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device sends instruction information to a second terminal device, the instruction information is used to indicate a first time unit and a second time unit, and the first time unit is used by the first terminal device to receive information from the second terminal device. 2.
  • the channel state information CSI and the first data of the side link of the terminal device, the second time unit is used for the first terminal device to receive the CSI from the second terminal device, and the first time unit is in the time domain Is earlier than the second time unit;
  • the first terminal device sends a reference signal RS to the second terminal device, and the RS is used to determine the CSI;
  • the first terminal device receives the signal from the second terminal within the first time unit
  • the CSI and the first data of the device, or the CSI from the second terminal device is received in a second time unit.
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the CSI and data in the first time unit are transmitted together, and the CSI in the second time unit is transmitted separately. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the first terminal device receives the CSI and the first data from the second terminal device in a first time unit , Including: the first terminal device receives the CSI from the second terminal device, the identifier of the first terminal device, and the broadcast data or multicast data in the first time unit.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and a CQI table in the CQI table. CQI value.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends to the second terminal device CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate A CQI table corresponding to the side link, where the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sending CQI table indication information to the second terminal device includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, where the first SCI is used to schedule the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link
  • the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a service quality indicator field, and the priority field and/or a service quality indicator field is used to indicate the CQI table.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends the first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, the first SCI includes an indication field, and the indication field Used to indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device on the side link Data sent to the second terminal device on the link.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the CSI is carried in the second SCI received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
  • a method for transmitting sidelink channel state information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a second terminal device or a chip applied to the second terminal device. Take the execution subject as the second terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device receives instruction information from a first terminal device, the instruction information is used to indicate a first time unit and a second time unit, and the first time unit is used by the second terminal device to send the second time unit to the second time unit.
  • a terminal device sends the channel state information CSI of the side link and the first data.
  • the second time unit is used by the second terminal device to send the CSI to the first terminal device.
  • the first time unit is earlier in the time domain.
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device; the second terminal device receives the reference signal RS from the first terminal device; the second terminal device Determine the CSI according to the RS; the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in a first time unit, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in a second time unit.
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the method for transmitting side link channel state information provided by the fourth aspect, by configuring the first time unit and the second time unit, CSI and data are transmitted together in the first time unit, and CSI is transmitted separately in the second time unit. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the second terminal device sending the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device within the first time unit includes: The second terminal device sends the CSI, the identifier of the first terminal device, and the broadcast data or multicast data to the first terminal device within the first time unit.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and a CQI table in the CQI table. CQI value.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link from the first terminal device, and the CQI table indication information is used for To indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link; the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or corresponding to the data from the first terminal device that the second terminal device receives on the side link Quality of service; the second terminal device determines the CQI table corresponding to the side link according to the CQI table indication information.
  • the second terminal device receiving the CQI table indication information from the first terminal device includes: the second terminal device receiving the CQI table indication information from the first terminal device Uplink control information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule the data from the first terminal device received by the second terminal device on the side uplink, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or service A quality indication field, where the priority field or the service quality indication field is used to indicate the priority and/or service quality corresponding to the data.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the first side link control information SCI from the first terminal device, the first SCI includes an indication field, the The indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data received from the first terminal device on the side link by the second terminal device, and the first SCI is used for scheduling The second terminal device receives data from the first terminal device on the side link.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the CSI is carried in a second SCI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • a method for determining a side link channel quality indicator is provided, and the execution subject of the method may be either the first terminal device or the chip applied to the first terminal device. Take the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device generates channel quality indicator CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link, the CQI table indication information is used to indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link, and the side link is the A side link between the second terminal device and the first terminal device; the first terminal device sends the CQI table indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device indicates the CQI table to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the CQI table indication information to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can still accurately determine the CQI table, and further determine the CQI value in the CQI table, which is beneficial for the second terminal device to determine The efficiency and reliability of the CQI table.
  • the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sending CQI table indication information to the second terminal device includes: the first terminal device sending the first side uplink control to the second terminal device Information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a service quality indicator field, the priority field or the service quality indicator The field is used to indicate the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives the CQI value from the second terminal device, or the CQI table and the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the first terminal device receives the CQI value from the second terminal device, or the CQI table and the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • MCS parameters for example, modulation order and code rate
  • a method for determining a side link channel quality indicator is provided, and the execution subject of the method may be a second terminal device or a chip applied to the second terminal device. Take the execution subject as the second terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device determines a channel quality indicator CQI table corresponding to a side link, where the side link is a side link between the second terminal device and the first terminal device; the second terminal The device determines the CQI value in the CQI table according to the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device determines the CQI table corresponding to the side link, and then determines the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device accurately determines the CQI table and further determines the CQI value in the CQI table, which is beneficial to the side line The link corresponds to the determination of the channel quality.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link from the first terminal device, and the CQI table indication information uses To indicate the CQI table; the second terminal device determining the channel quality indicator CQI table corresponding to the side link includes: the second terminal device determines the CQI table according to the CQI table indication information. In this implementation manner, the second terminal device receives the indication information indicating the CQI table. In the V2X communication system, even if the second terminal device is not covered by the network device, the second terminal device can still accurately determine the CQI table. Further determining the CQI value in the CQI table is beneficial for the second terminal device to determine the efficiency and reliability of the CQI table.
  • the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or the quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the receiving, by the second terminal device, the CQI table indication information from the first terminal device includes: receiving by the second terminal device from the first side of the first terminal device Uplink control information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule the second terminal device to receive data from the first terminal device, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a quality of service indication field, the priority field Or the service quality indication field is used to indicate the priority and/or service quality corresponding to the data.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device sends the CQI value to the first terminal device, or sends the CQI table and the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • a method for determining side link modulation and coding strategy information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either the first terminal device or the chip applied to the first terminal device. Take the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device generates modulation and coding strategy MCS table indication information, where the MCS table indication information is used to indicate a modulation and coding mode MCS table corresponding to data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device; The first terminal device sends the MCS table indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device transmits to the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device sending the MCS table indication information can still enable the second terminal device to accurately determine the MCS table. Further determine the MCS parameters of the MCS table. It is helpful for the second terminal device to determine the efficiency and reliability of the MCS table. In this way, the second terminal device correctly receives the data sent by the first terminal device according to the MCS parameter, and the reliability of data transmission between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is improved.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an indication field in the first side uplink control information SCI, and the indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the MCS table, and the first SCI Used to schedule the first terminal device to send data to the second terminal device.
  • the indication field in the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the MCS table indication information includes medium access control MAC information, system information block SIB, master information block MIB, or broadcast channel information, the MAC information, the SIB, the MIB, or the
  • the broadcast channel information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the service type corresponding to the data, or the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data, and the service corresponding to the data.
  • the type, or the CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes a format of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device to send data to the second terminal device .
  • the MCS table indication information includes the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal The device sends data to the second terminal device.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an identifier of the resource pool where the data is sent, and the resource pool has a previous correspondence with the MCS table.
  • a method for determining side link modulation and coding strategy information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a second terminal device or a chip applied to the second terminal device. Take the execution subject as the second terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device receives modulation and coding strategy MCS table indication information, the MCS table indication information is used to indicate the modulation and coding mode MCS table corresponding to the data received from the first terminal device by the second terminal device ; The second terminal device determines the MCS table according to the MCS table indication information.
  • the second terminal device is The MCS table indication information sent by a terminal device can still enable the second terminal device to accurately determine the MCS table. Further determine the MCS parameters of the MCS table. The efficiency and reliability of determining the MCS table by the second terminal device are improved. In this way, the second terminal device correctly receives the data sent by the first terminal device according to the MCS parameter, and the reliability of data transmission between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is improved.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an indication field in the first side link control information SCI, and the indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the MCS table, and the first The SCI is used to schedule the second terminal device to receive data from the first terminal device.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the MCS table indication information includes medium access control MAC information, system information block SIB, master information block MIB, or broadcast channel information, the MAC information, the SIB, the MIB, or the
  • the broadcast channel information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the service type corresponding to the data, or the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data, and the service corresponding to the data.
  • the type, or the CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes a format of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the second terminal device to receive on the side uplink Data from the first terminal device.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the second terminal The device receives data from the first terminal device.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an identifier of the resource pool where the data is received, and the resource pool has a previous correspondence with the MCS table.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, includes any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the first aspect, the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the fifth aspect or A unit of each step in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device in a tenth aspect, includes any possible implementation manner of the above second aspect or the second aspect, any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or A unit of each step in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect.
  • a communication device in an eleventh aspect, includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third aspect or the third aspect. Any possible implementation manner of the aspect, any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, a method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. Any possible implementation manner of the aspect, any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third aspect or the first aspect. Any possible implementation manner of the three aspects, any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, a method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourteenth aspect, includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the fourth aspect or the first aspect. Any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect, a method in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • a terminal device in a fifteenth aspect, includes the communication device provided in the ninth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the eleventh aspect, or the terminal device includes the tenth aspect.
  • the communication device provided by three aspects.
  • a terminal device includes the communication device provided in the tenth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the twelfth aspect, or the terminal device includes the tenth aspect.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, it is used to execute the first to eighth aspects or the first to eighth aspects. Any possible implementation in the method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect to the eighth aspect, or the first aspect to the Any possible implementation method in the eighth aspect.
  • a chip including: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the above aspects or any of the possible implementations of the aspects Methods.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of CSI measurement and transmission in V2X communication.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window, a first time interval, and a second time interval in some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a time window, a first time interval, and a second time interval in some other embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for determining a side link channel quality indicator provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for determining side link modulation and coding strategy information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • V2X or device to device (D2D) communication system can be applied to various communication systems, such as: V2X or device to device (D2D) communication system, global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access , WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th Generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User devices, cars in V2X communication systems, vehicle-mounted equipment, etc.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (Evolutional base station) in the LTE system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (Evolutional base station) in the LTE system.
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • Evolutional base station evolutionary base station
  • NodeB eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and future
  • the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • magnetic storage devices for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.
  • optical disks for example, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs) Etc.
  • smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • CSI is the channel state information reported by the transmitting end (such as terminal equipment) to the receiving end (such as network equipment). It is composed of channel quality indicator (CQI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI), and channel matrix rank. Indication (rand indication, RI) composition.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • RI channel matrix rank
  • the CQI feedback determines the coding and modulation method, and the network equipment realizes adaptive modulation coding (adaptive modulation coding, AMC) by judging the size of the CQI.
  • the CQI value can be calculated from channel conditions, noise and interference estimates.
  • the CQI value fed back by the terminal device is large, and the network device selects a higher-order modulation method, such as 64 quadrature amplitude modulation (64QAM).
  • 64QAM 64 quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the feedback CQI value is small, and the network equipment chooses low-level modulation methods, such as quadrature phase shift keying (quadrature phase shift keying, QPSK), and uses a more redundant encoding method (1/4 encoding). So the throughput of the system is small.
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • the size of the spatial channel rank (RI) describes the maximum number of uncorrelated data transmission channels of the spatial channel between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the rank of the spatial channel is constantly changing, the size of the RI determines the selection space of the layer mapping method, and the adaptation of the rank is the adaptation of the layer mapping.
  • the rank identifier of the terminal device is fed back through uplink and downlink control information.
  • PMI determines the corresponding relationship from the layer data stream to the antenna port.
  • codebook-based closed-loop space division multiplexing and closed-loop transmit diversity mode the number of layers and antenna ports are determined, and the set of precoding optional codebooks is confirmed.
  • the network device selects the precoding matrix with the best performance according to the PMI fed back by the terminal device.
  • the reference signal (RS) received by the terminal device through measurement such as a cell-specific reference signal, a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) ) And so on to obtain the CSI information and report it to the network device.
  • the network equipment can adjust the coding mode, modulation mode, number of layers, precoding matrix, etc., determine the antenna mode, coding and modulation mode, etc. for downlink data transmission, and then use the physical uplink shared channel (PDSCH)
  • PDSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the network device configures which CQI table the terminal device uses through radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the terminal After receiving the configured CQI table, the terminal determines a row of parameters in the CQI-table indicated by the network device.
  • a row of parameters in the CQI table can include CQI index (CQI index), modulation method (modulation), Parameters such as code rate and spectral efficiency (Spectral efficiency).
  • the terminal device reports the index (CQI value) corresponding to this row of parameters to the network device.
  • the network device After the terminal device reports the CQI value to the network device, the network device will match the corresponding modulation order and code rate in the configured CQI table, and use it as a reference for the next downlink data scheduling, that is, the network device will also pass the RRC layer information Command the terminal device to configure the MCS table (MCS table) used for sending downlink data, and combine the downlink control information (down control information, DCI) to notify the terminal device of the MCS index (index) used by the terminal device.
  • MCS table MCS table
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the MCS index (index) is used to identify the MCS table Line in. According to the indicated MCS index and MCS table, the terminal device can know the MCS parameters used by the network device to send data, so that the terminal device can correctly receive data.
  • V2X communication is an important key technology for realizing environment perception and information interaction in the Internet of Vehicles.
  • Other devices here can be other vehicles, other infrastructure, pedestrians, terminal devices, etc.
  • V2X communication can be regarded as a special case of device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • the communication link between V2X may be referred to as a side link (SL), and the side link is a communication link between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • SL side link
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2X communication includes two communication modes: the first communication mode is V2X communication based on network equipment (e.g. base station) scheduling. User equipment in V2X (e.g. vehicles or vehicle-mounted equipment) is being used according to the scheduling information of network equipment. The control messages and data of V2X communication are sent on the scheduled time-frequency resources.
  • the second communication mode is that the V2X user equipment automatically selects the time-frequency resources used for V2X communication from the available time-frequency resources included in the pre-configured V2X communication resource pool (or may also be referred to as a V2X resource set).
  • V2X terminal user equipment can obtain resources through a sensing process, and user equipment obtains other user equipment resources by decoding side link control information (SCL) of other user equipment or performing SL measurement For the occupied information, resources are selected based on the results of sensing.
  • the SL measurement is based on the value of the reference signal received power (RSRP) of the corresponding side link demodulation reference signal (SIDElink Demodulation Reference Signal, SL DMRS) when decoding the SCI.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • SL DMRS side link demodulation Reference Signal
  • the physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) is used to transmit control information in V2X communication
  • the physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) is used to transmit data in V2X communication.
  • Figure 1 shows an example of a schematic diagram of CSI measurement and transmission in V2X communication.
  • the terminal device 1 sends a PSSCH (side-line data) to the terminal device 2, and the PSSCH includes CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device 2 After receiving the CSI-RS, the terminal device 2 performs CSI measurement and generates CSI.
  • the CSI is the CSI of the side link between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2.
  • the terminal device 2 feeds back CSI to the terminal device 1 through the PSSCH.
  • the CSI includes CQI and RI corresponding to the side link between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2.
  • the sending device sends a reference signal to the receiving device. After receiving the reference signal, the receiving device generates a CSI report, and then uses the PSSCH to carry the CSI to the sending device.
  • the receiving device does not always send data to the sending device.
  • the receiving device may only send CSI to the sending device when there is no data, but because the number of CSI bits is small, or even less than the number of bits in the SCI for scheduling CSI, this may cause the problem of low resource utilization efficiency, leading to sidelines The CSI transmission reliability of the link is low.
  • the transmitting device and the receiving device are affected by the moving speed, the quality of the side link between the transmitting device and the receiving device may change in a short period.
  • the effect of configuring the CQI-table and MCS table by the network equipment becomes worse.
  • the sending device and the receiving device may not be in the coverage of the network device. At this time, the network device cannot configure the CQI-table and MCS table for the sending device and the receiving device.
  • the receiving device For CSI measurement and feedback, If the receiving device is not configured with the CQI table, it cannot determine the CQI value according to the CQI table; for data transmission and reception, the receiving device cannot be configured with the MCS table and cannot determine the MCS parameters used to parse the data, which reduces the data transmission of the side link. Reliability and efficiency, even unable to complete data demodulation and decoding.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting side link channel state information.
  • the time window for CSI feedback is configured on the side link.
  • the time window includes a first time interval and a second time interval.
  • CSI and data are sent together in one time interval, and a second time interval in which only CSI is sent is configured (pre-)at the end of the time window. It guarantees the feedback of CSI within the effective time, and stipulates that only CSI is sent in the second time interval, which reduces the consumption of resources for sending only CSI, improves resource utilization, and guarantees side link CSI Reliability of transmission.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the communication method of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes four communication devices, for example, a network device 110 and terminal devices 121 to 123.
  • the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate data through D2D or V2X communication methods, and the network device 110 Data communication can be performed with at least one of the terminal devices 121 to 123.
  • the direct link formed between the two is SL.
  • the CSI transmission may be performed using the method for transmitting side link channel state information in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another communication system 120 applicable to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 120 includes three communication devices, for example, terminal devices 121 to 123, wherein the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate data through D2D or V2X communication methods.
  • the link between the two is SL.
  • the CSI transmission can be performed through the sideline CSI transmission method in the embodiment of the present application
  • each communication system shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 may also include more network nodes, such as terminal equipment or network equipment, and the network equipment or terminal equipment included in each communication system shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 It can be a network device or terminal device of the above-mentioned various forms. The embodiments of this application are not shown one by one in the figure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 200 for transmitting side link channel state information according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be applied to the scenarios shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, and of course it can also be applied to other communication scenarios, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited here.
  • the method is described by taking the first terminal device and the second terminal device as the execution subject of the execution method as an example.
  • the execution body of the method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor applied to the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device and/or the second terminal device may be a vehicle, a vehicle-mounted device, a mobile phone terminal, etc. in V2X communication.
  • the method 200 shown in FIG. 4 may include S210 to S250.
  • the steps in the method 200 are described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 4.
  • the first terminal device sends instruction information to the second terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a valid time window
  • the indication information is used to indicate a time window
  • the first time interval in the time window is used for the first terminal device to receive the side link from the second terminal device
  • the second time interval in the time window is used for the first terminal device to receive the CSI from the second terminal device
  • the first time interval is earlier than the time domain The second time interval.
  • the second terminal device receives the indication information.
  • S220 The second terminal device determines the time domain positions of the first time interval and the second time interval within the time window.
  • the first terminal device sends a reference signal RS to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the RS.
  • the second terminal device determines the CSI according to the RS.
  • the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in a first time interval, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval.
  • the first terminal device receives the CSI from the second terminal device in the first time interval, or receives the CSI sent by the second terminal device in the second time interval.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device needs to learn the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device will send instruction information (or may be referred to as configuration information) to the second terminal device for configuring a time window (or may also be referred to as a valid time window) to the second terminal device.
  • the time window can be understood as the length of a period of time.
  • the time window can be understood as the effective period of CSI feedback.
  • the effective time window includes a first time interval and a second time interval.
  • the first time interval in the time window is used for the first terminal device to receive the channel state information CSI and the first data from the side link of the second terminal device, and the second time interval in the time window is used for The first terminal device receives the CSI from the second terminal device, and the first time interval is earlier than the second time interval in the time domain.
  • the first data is the side line data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the time length of the time window may be one or more subframes; or, it may also be one or more time slots; or, it may also be one or more symbols.
  • Symbols are also called time-domain symbols, which can be orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, where SC-FDMA is also called orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding, OFDM with TP).
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • the time length of the time window can also be expressed by the absolute time length.
  • the unit of the time length of the time window can also be characterized by absolute time units (for example, microseconds ( ⁇ s), milliseconds (ms), etc.).
  • the first time interval and the second time interval can be understood as two time periods.
  • the length of the first time interval and the length of the second time interval may be different.
  • the time length of the first time interval may be greater than the time length of the second time interval.
  • the first time interval is earlier than the second time interval in the time domain.
  • the time length of the first time interval and the second time interval may be characterized by using subframes, symbols, or time slots.
  • the time length of the first time interval or the second time interval is S subframes, M symbols, or N time slots.
  • the time length of the first time interval or the second time interval may also be characterized by absolute time units (for example, microseconds ( ⁇ s), milliseconds (ms), etc.).
  • the time length of the first time interval or the second time interval is P ms, etc., and P is a positive number.
  • the sum of the time length of the first time interval and the second time interval may be the time length of the time window.
  • the first time interval may include the first 9 time slots or symbols
  • the second time interval includes the last time slot or symbol.
  • the first time interval may include the first 15 ms
  • the second time interval may include the last 5 ms.
  • the sum of the time lengths of the first time interval and the second time interval may also be less than the time length of the time window.
  • the foregoing indication information may be the SCI sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the SCI may be carried on the PSCCH sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device determines the time domain positions of the first time interval and the second time interval within the time window. For example, the second terminal device may determine the time domain positions of the first time interval and the second time interval within the time window according to a preset calculation rule. Alternatively, the time domain positions of the first time interval and the second time interval within the time window may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the first terminal device sends an RS to the second terminal device, where the RS is used to determine the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the RS may be carried on the PSSCH sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the RS may include: cell-specific reference signals, channel state information reference signals (channel state information reference signals, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signals (demodulation reference signals, DMRS), and so on.
  • the second terminal device receives the RS.
  • the second terminal device determines the CSI of the side link according to the RS. That is, determine the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval. That is, in the first time interval, if the second terminal device has first data sent to the first terminal device, the CSI and the first data are carried on the PSSCH and sent to the first terminal device. In the first time interval, if the second terminal device does not send the first data to the first terminal device, in the second time interval, the second terminal device only transmits the CSI to the first terminal device on the PSSCH.
  • the method for transmitting side link channel state information configures a time window for CSI feedback.
  • the time window includes a first time interval for data and CSI feedback together and a second time interval only for CSI feedback . Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI.
  • the channel quality of the side link may change differently, and the change of the channel quality causes the difference in the effective time of the CSI measurement report. . Therefore, the time length of the time window, the time length of the first time interval, and the time length of the second time interval may be determined according to the moving speed of the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the time window may be selected from a certain pre-configured time set.
  • the pre-configured time set is ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , where T1, T2, T3, and T4 may be values obtained through simulation.
  • T1, T2, T3, and T4 may be values obtained through simulation.
  • 2 bits can be used in the indication information to indicate the value of the time window.
  • the time (time) at which the time window starts counting may be the time (time) at which the first terminal device triggers the second terminal device to report CSI.
  • the first terminal device may send CSI trigger information (signaling) to the second terminal device to trigger the second terminal device to report CSI
  • the time when the time window starts to count may be the time when the second terminal device receives the trigger information .
  • the time when the time window starts to count may be the time when the second terminal device receives the RS or the time when the first terminal device sends the RS.
  • the time at which the time window starts counting can also be predefined. In the embodiment of the present application, the time (time) at which the time window starts to count is not limited.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window.
  • the indication information may indicate the time domain position occupied by the first time interval within the time window.
  • the second terminal device may determine the time domain position occupied by the first time interval within the time window according to the instruction information. If the second terminal device sends the first data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, the second terminal device sends the first data and the CSI to the first terminal device together. If the second terminal device does not send data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, the second terminal device will send the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval remaining in the time window except the first time interval.
  • the first terminal device detects the first data and CSI in the first time interval, and only detects the CSI in the second time interval.
  • the indication information may indicate the time domain position occupied by the second time interval in the time window, and the second terminal device may use the time domain position occupied by the second time interval in the time window and the time of the time window The length determines the time domain position occupied by the first time interval in the time window. The efficiency and accuracy of the second terminal device in determining the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window can be improved.
  • the manner in which the indication information indicates the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window. For example, it may directly indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window.
  • the calculation rule or calculation method of the time domain position of the first time interval/or the second time interval in the time window may also be indicated.
  • the second terminal device can determine a time interval and/or the time domain position of the second time interval in the time window according to the calculation rule or calculation method.
  • the specific manner in which the indication information in the embodiment of the present application indicates the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window is not limited.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window is predefined.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window is predefined by the protocol or preconfigured.
  • the proportion of time occupied by the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window may be predefined or preconfigured.
  • the first time interval occupies the first 90% of the effective time window
  • the second time interval occupies the last 10% of the effective time window.
  • the time domain position occupied by the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window can also be pre-defined or pre-configured.
  • the time window length is M time slots (or subframes), it can be pre-defined Or the second time interval is pre-configured as the last time slot (or subframe).
  • the calculation rule or calculation method of the time domain position of the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window may also be predefined or preconfigured.
  • the first terminal device does not need to indicate the first time interval or the time domain position of the second time interval within the time window to the second terminal device, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the time domain positions of the first time interval and the second time interval within the time window are predefined. This application does not limit the specific manner of pre-defining or pre-configuring the time domain position of the first time interval or the second time interval within the time window.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a time window, a first time interval, and a second time interval in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the time window is from time slot 3 to time slot 6.
  • the first time interval is 3 time slots (slot 3 to slot 5), and the second time interval is 1 time slot (slot 6).
  • the first terminal device sends an RS to the second terminal device in time slot 1, and the first terminal device sends CSI trigger information (signaling) to the second terminal device in time slot 2.
  • the CSI trigger information (signaling) can be used as the start time of the first time interval, and the first time interval starts from the time slot 3.
  • time slot 3 to time slot 5 if the second terminal device has data sent to the first terminal device, the CSI and the data are carried in the PSSCH and sent to the first terminal device. If in time slot 3 to time slot 5, the second terminal device does not send data to the first terminal device, then in time slot 6, the second terminal device alone carries the CSI in the PSSCH and sends it to the first terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the first time interval and the second time interval in another embodiment of the present application.
  • the time window is from time slot 3 to time slot 5.
  • the first time interval is 3 time slots (slot 2 to slot 4), and the second time interval is 1 time slot (slot 5).
  • the first terminal device sends the RS to the second terminal device in time slot 1.
  • Sending the RS can be used as the start time of the first time interval, and the first time interval starts from time slot 2.
  • time slot 2 to time slot 4 if the second terminal device has data sent to the first terminal device, the CSI and the data are carried in the PSSCH and sent to the first terminal device. If in time slot 2 to time slot 4, the second terminal device does not send data to the first terminal device, then in time slot 5, the second terminal device separately carries the CSI in the PSSCH and sends it to the first terminal device.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 are only exemplary, and should not limit the time window, the first time interval, and the second time interval in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the PSSCH used for transmitting CSI alone in the second time interval may also be referred to as the PSSCH (CSI only PSSCH) used for transmitting CSI.
  • the network device can configure a resource only used for CSI when indicating data resources.
  • the first terminal device uses the SCI to indicate to the second terminal device the resource only used for CSI transmission.
  • an implicit association method can also be used.
  • the network device is configured with a valid time (the sum of the length of the first time interval and the second time interval) and the time-frequency resource for transmitting data, and the second terminal device can implicitly associate one only for the PSSCH time-frequency resource Resources for transmitting CSI.
  • the specific implicit association rule may be: the second terminal device determines the resource only used for CSI according to the time slot where the PSSCH time-frequency resource is located, the sub-channel position occupied, and the identification information of the first terminal device. For example, in the frequency domain, the sub-channel with the lowest or highest index number among the sub-channels using resources based on the PSSCH + 2 symbols on the time and frequency are resources used for CSI transmission.
  • PSSCH can be understood as a shared channel that carries data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can reserve resources only for transmitting CSI in advance, and use the SCI to indicate to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device determines the resource only used for transmitting CSI according to the time-frequency resource of the PSSCH according to the above implicit association manner.
  • the second terminal device may select a resource for separately transmitting CSI according to the effective time after receiving the CSI trigger information (signaling).
  • the second terminal device may send unicast data.
  • the data is sent to the first terminal device with the CSI. If in the first time interval, the second terminal device has no unicast data but only multicast or broadcast data, take FIG. 7 as an example.
  • S250 in the method 200 The second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval: including S251.
  • the second terminal device sends the CSI, the identifier of the first terminal device, and the broadcast data or multicast data to the first terminal device in the first time interval, or, in the second time interval, sends the CSI to the first terminal device.
  • the device sends the CSI.
  • the second terminal device may send the identification of the first terminal device, the broadcast data or multicast data, and the CSI to the first terminal device through the PSSCH.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device After the first terminal device recognizes the identity of the first terminal device, it can determine that the CSI is sent to itself, so that the first terminal device can determine the correct reception of the CSI and ensure that the CSI is carried in the multicast or broadcast data. Transmission improves the reliability of CSI transmission.
  • the second terminal device may carry the CSI in a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE) and send it to the first terminal device together with the data, and carry the first terminal device in the CSI. Identification information of the terminal device.
  • MAC medium access control
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device may not be in the coverage of the network device.
  • the network device cannot configure the CQI table for the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the network device can configure the CQI table through RRC signaling, but this method is effective if the first terminal device or the second terminal device.
  • the CSI measurement report of the side link between the terminal device and the second terminal device is reported to the network device, and the network device configures the MCS table and MCS for the data packet to be transmitted (next transmission) according to the CSI measurement result.
  • the second terminal device may first determine the CQI table corresponding to the side link, and then determine the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the CQI value or the CQI table and the CQI value in the CQI table are carried in the CSI and fed back to the first terminal device.
  • the CSI fed back by the second terminal device to the first terminal device can be made more effective, which improves the accuracy and reliability of the CSI.
  • the first terminal device prefferably selects appropriate MCS parameters (for example, modulation order and code rate, etc.) according to the CSI to send data to the second terminal device.
  • MCS parameters for example, modulation order and code rate, etc.
  • the CSI may also include the RI corresponding to the side link. This application is not restricted here.
  • the first terminal device may first indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device may first The terminal device instructs to determine the CQI table. Further determine a row in the CQI table.
  • a row in the CQI table may include parameters such as CQI index (CQI index), debugging mode (modulation), code rate (code rate), and efficiency (efficiency).
  • the terminal device reports this row of parameters (CQI value) to the first terminal device through the CSI.
  • the CSI may include the CQI value but not the CQI table.
  • the first terminal device sends CQI table indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the CQI table indication information is used to indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link, which is the side link between the second terminal device and the first terminal device; correspondingly, the second terminal device receives The CQI table indicates information.
  • the second terminal device determines the CQI table according to the CQI table indication information.
  • the first terminal device may generate CQI table indication information, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link. For example, suppose there are a total of 3 CQI tables in V2X communication, 2 tables with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM, and one table with a maximum modulation order of 256QAM.
  • the CQI table indication information may indicate any one of the three CQI tables.
  • the second terminal device may determine the CQI table indicated by the CQI table indication information according to the CQI table indication information. Further through the CSI measurement process, the parameter of a certain row in the CQI table is determined, and the parameter (CQI value) of this row is reported to the first terminal device through the CSI.
  • the configuration mode of the CQI table can be made more flexible, and the CSI fed back by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is more effective, which improves the accuracy of the CSI.
  • the CQI table indication information may include adding a field indicating the CQI table to the control signaling (for example, the first SCI), that is, indicating the CQI table to the second terminal device in a display manner .
  • the CQI table indication information includes other implicitly indicated information.
  • the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device. That is, the CQI table indication information may be implicitly indicated by the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the side row data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • a possible implementation manner is: the first terminal device sends the side line data to the second terminal device, The second terminal device determines the CQI table according to the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the sideline data, that is, after the second terminal determines the priority and/or quality of service for the received sideline data, it is based on the priority of the data And/or the relationship between the service quality and the CQI table and the CQI table is determined.
  • the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the sideline data can be obtained through the sidelink link control information (first SCI) sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • first SCI sidelink link control information
  • the first SCI is used to schedule the side row data.
  • the indication field in the first SCI may be a reserved field in the first SCI or a newly added indication field in the first SCI to indicate the CQI table.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is a priority field and/or a quality of service (QoS) indication field, and the priority field or a quality of service indication in the first SCI
  • QoS quality of service
  • the field is used to indicate the priority and/or service quality corresponding to the data scheduled by the SCI, that is, the priority field in the first SCI or the service quality indicator field is used to indicate the CQI table.
  • the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI may reflect the data reliability requirement sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, that is, may be used as an element for determining the CQI table.
  • CQI table 1 For example, CQI table 1 and CQI table 2 with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM in V2X, corresponding to different efficiencies.
  • priority/service quality it can be divided into two groups. For example, ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ can be divided into one group, and ⁇ 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ can be divided into one group. Because ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ is more reliable than ⁇ 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , so ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ has a lower correlation efficiency (CQI) Table (for example, CQI table 2), ⁇ 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , a set of CQI tables with higher correlation efficiency (for example, CQI table 1). Because the higher the efficiency, the lower the modulation order, and the higher the reliability of data transmission, but the efficiency of spectrum utilization will decrease. Therefore, data with higher priority/service quality requirements should correspond to a CQI table with lower efficiency.
  • CQI correlation efficiency
  • the efficiency of the CQI table can be distinguished by comparing the efficiency indicated by the same CQI index (index) in different CQI tables.
  • the second terminal device can determine the CQI table according to the priority field or the service quality indicator field in the first SCI.
  • CQI table 1 For another example, suppose that there are two CQI tables with a maximum modulation order to 64QAM (corresponding to different efficiencies) and one CQI table with a maximum modulation order to 256QAM in V2X. For example, the above-mentioned CQI table 1, CQI table 2 and CQI table 3. There are 8 levels indicated by the priority field or the service quality indicator field in the first SCI. The labels are as follows: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Then there can be the following correspondence:
  • ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ corresponds to the less efficient table in the CQI table with the maximum modulation order to 64QAM (such as the above CQI table 2)
  • ⁇ 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ corresponds to the maximum modulation order to The more efficient table in the CQI table of 64QAM (such as the above-mentioned CQI table 1).
  • ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ Corresponds to the inefficient CQI table in the CQI table with the maximum modulation order to 64QAM (such as CQI table 2 above), ⁇ 4, 5, 6 ⁇ corresponds to the CQI with the maximum modulation order to 64QAM For the more efficient CQI table in the table (such as the above-mentioned CQI table 1), ⁇ 7, 8 ⁇ corresponds to the CQI table with the maximum modulation order up to 256QAM (such as the above-mentioned CQI table 3).
  • both the first terminal device and the second terminal device can know the content indicated by the priority field or the service quality indicator field in the first SCI, both the first terminal device and the second terminal device can know the priority field or service in the first SCI
  • the CQI table corresponding to the quality indicator field Therefore, the CQI table can be indicated by the priority field and/or the service quality indicator field in the first SCI. In the case of accurately indicating the CQI table, signaling overhead can be saved and communication efficiency improved.
  • the CSI may include the CQI value but not the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device may determine the CQI table by itself.
  • one or more sets of CQI tables and CQI values in the CQI tables can be carried in the CSI. In order to improve the accuracy of CSI. It is beneficial for the first terminal device to select appropriate modulation parameters and code rates according to the CSI to send data to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may not indicate the CQI table information to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal may determine two CQI tables, and determine CQI values in the two CQI tables respectively.
  • the second terminal device may use 1 bit in the CSI to indicate which of the two CQI tables with the maximum modulation order to 64QAM the CQI table corresponding to the reported CQI value is. That is, the CSI may carry a CQI table indication information and the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device can use 1 bit in the CSI to indicate that the CQI table corresponding to the reported CQI value is Which CQI table. That is, the CSI may carry a CQI table indication information and the CQI in the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device can use 2 bits in the CSI to indicate the CQI table corresponding to the reported CQI value Which of the three CQI tables is it? That is, the CSI may carry a CQI table indication information and the CQI in the CQI table.
  • the second terminal device may determine a CQI value in each CQI table. Then, the CQI values corresponding to the multiple CQI tables are fed back to the first terminal device through CSI. That is, multiple sets of CQI tables and CQI values in the CQI tables can be carried in the CSI. For example, suppose there are two CQI tables with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM (for example, CQI table 1 and CQI table 2), when the second terminal device feeds back CSI, it can provide CQI value 1+CQI table 1 and CQI value 2+ CQI Table 2 these two sets of values.
  • the first terminal device can select the most suitable MCS table and MCS parameters according to the reliability/priority/quality of service requirements of the next scheduled service and the multiple sets of CQI values + CQI tables provided by the second terminal device to achieve the highest spectrum usage efficiency.
  • the second terminal device feeds back the CQI value in the CSI to the first terminal device, or feeds back the CQI table and the CQI value in the CQI table in the CSI.
  • the CSI feedback from the second terminal device to the first terminal device can be made more effective, and the accuracy of the CSI feedback can be improved. It is beneficial for the first terminal device to select appropriate MCS parameters according to the CSI to send data to the second terminal device. The reliability of sending data from the first terminal device to the second terminal device is improved.
  • steps shown in FIG. 7 may also include S231 and S232.
  • the first terminal device sends the RS to the second terminal device and triggers the second terminal device to report CSI, after the second terminal device performs CSI measurement. It is assumed that channel reciprocity is supported, that is, the channel status of the side link through which the first terminal device sends data to the second terminal device and the side link through which the second terminal device sends data to the first terminal device can be regarded as similar . Then the second terminal device can determine the modulation order and target code rate when sending data according to the CSI (including CQI and RI), and send data to the first terminal device by using the determined modulation order and target code rate, and then Carry CSI.
  • the CSI including CQI and RI
  • the CSI in addition to sending the CSI and data to the first terminal device when the second terminal device feeds back the CSI to the first terminal device, the CSI may also be carried on the second terminal device.
  • SCI (second SCI) sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second SCI may be data used to schedule the second terminal device to send to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may add a CSI field to the second SCI to carry CSI.
  • the second terminal device may use reserved bits in the second SCI to carry CSI or compressed CSI.
  • the reserved bits can be understood as: the length of some fields in the SCI is variable, but the length of a certain SCI format is fixed. Therefore, some reserved bits are left blank. But the length cannot be determined. For example, assuming that the CQI in the CSI is 4 bits, and the number of reserved bits available for use is 3 bits, the 16-row CQI table is divided into 8 groups, and every two adjacent rows is a group, and 3 bits are used to indicate One of 8 groups. Assuming that the number of available reserved bits is 2 bits, the 16-row CQI table is divided into 4 groups, and every 4 adjacent rows is a group, and 2 bits are used to indicate one of the 4 groups.
  • the second terminal device may also use a second SCI that is only used to transmit CSI to carry the CSI, that is, the format of the second SCI is specific, and the SCI of this format Only CSI is included.
  • the above-mentioned methods are only a few examples of the second terminal device using the second SCI to send CSI to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may also carry CSI on the first terminal device in other ways.
  • the second SCI is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the method for transmitting sidelink channel state information provided by this application can ensure the transmission of CSI by carrying the CSI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device in the SCI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device Reliability.
  • the first terminal device after the first terminal device receives the CSI fed back by the second terminal device, it will be based on the CQI value and RI value included in the CSI, or the CQI table included in the CSI and the CQI value in the CQI table And the RI value, as a reference for the next downlink scheduling, that is, according to the CQI value and RI value, or the CQI value and RI value in the CQI table and the CQI table, determine the MCS table used to send data to the second terminal device, and Determine the corresponding MCS parameters (such as modulation order and target code rate) in the MCS table.
  • MCS parameters such as modulation order and target code rate
  • the first terminal device needs to indicate the MCS form to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can follow the MCS form and the information indicated by the first terminal device
  • a certain row of MCS parameters (for example, MCS index) determines the MCS parameters used for receiving data from the first terminal device, and improves the reliability of the second terminal device in determining the MCS table.
  • the method 200 further includes: S260 and S270.
  • the first terminal device sends MCS table indication information to the second terminal device, where the MCS table indication information is used to indicate the modulation and coding mode MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the MCS table indication information.
  • the second terminal device determines the MCS table according to the MCS table indication information.
  • the first terminal device may send MCS table indication information, where the MCS table indication information is used to indicate the MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device. For example, suppose there are 3 MCS tables in V2X, the maximum modulation order of 2 MCS tables is 64QAM, and the maximum modulation order of 1 MCS table is 256QAM.
  • MCS Table 1 The two MCS tables with the maximum modulation order up to 64QAM are shown in MCS Table 1 and MCS Table 2, respectively.
  • MCS table 3 An MCS table with a maximum modulation order to 64QAM is shown in MCS table 3.
  • the number of MCS tables that can be used in V2X may also be multiple.
  • There may be one or more MCS tables with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM where multiple MCS tables with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM have different spectral efficiencies, that is, the indexes of the same MCS table correspond to different spectral efficiencies;
  • the number of MCS tables with the highest modulation order of 256QAM may be one or more.
  • multiple MCS tables with the highest modulation order of 256QAM have different spectral efficiencies, that is, the indexes of the same MCS table correspond to different spectral efficiencies.
  • the total number of MCS tables is, for example, 5 or 8, etc.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the MCS table indication information may indicate any one of multiple MCS tables.
  • the first terminal device may send the MCS table indication information to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal device determines the MCS table according to the MCS table indication information. Further, in combination with other information, for example, the MCS index indicated by the first terminal device in the SCI, determine the MCS parameter used to receive the data sent by the first terminal device. The efficiency and reliability of determining the MCS table by the second terminal device are improved. This further enables the second terminal device to accurately receive the data sent by the first terminal device. Improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an indication field in the first SCI, and the indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the indication field in the first SCI may be a reserved field in the first SCI or a newly added indication field. For example, assuming that there are 2 MCS tables in V2X communication, 1 bit needs to be added in the first SCI to indicate one of the 2 MCS tables. Assuming that there are 3 MCS tables in V2X communication, 2 bits need to be added in the first SCI to indicate one of the 3 MCS tables.
  • the indication field in the first SCI may also be an original field in the first SCI.
  • the indication field may be the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the priority and/or service corresponding to the data.
  • Quality that is, the priority field or the quality of service indicator field in the first SCI is used to indicate the MCS table. This is because the priority of the data and/or the quality of service reflects different reliability or priority requirements, which can be compared with the maximum modulation
  • the order and spectrum utilization efficiency are related, that is, different priorities/quality of service are associated with different maximum modulation orders and different spectrum efficiency MCS tables.
  • MCS table 1 For example, suppose there are 2 MCS tables in V2X communication. These are the above-mentioned MCS Form 1 and MCS Form 2. Among them, the spectral efficiency (spectral efficiency) of MCS table 1 is higher, that is, with the same index, the spectral efficiency value of MCS table 1 is higher, that is, the spectrum utilization efficiency of MCS table 1 is higher. Then, services with higher priority and/or reliability use MCS table 2 with lower spectrum efficiency, and services with lower priority and/or reliability use MCS table 1 with higher spectrum efficiency. The reliability of the service can be reflected by the priority field and/or the quality of service indicator field in the first SCI. Assuming that the priority field and/or the quality of service indicator field has 8 values, the values are as follows: 1.
  • the value indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field is 1, 2, 3, or 4, which corresponds to MCS table 2.
  • the value indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field is 5, 6, 7, or 8, corresponding to MCS table 1.
  • MCS table 1 For another example, suppose there are 3 MCS tables in V2X communication. Among them, there are two MCS tables (for example, MCS table 1 and MCS table 2) with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM, and one MCS table (MCS table 3) with a maximum modulation order of 256QAM. Then the value indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field is 1, 2, or 3 corresponding to MCS table 2. The value indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field is 4, 5, or 6 corresponding to MCS table 1. The value indicated by the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field is 7 or 8 corresponding to MCS table 3.
  • the first terminal device uses the MCS table with the maximum modulation order of 256QAM, or the MCS table with the maximum modulation order of 64QAM, the modulation order and the corresponding modulation order of the MCS value with the larger index. Data is sent at the code rate, which can improve the efficiency of spectrum utilization.
  • the MCS form is indicated by using the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the SCI.
  • signaling overhead can be saved, communication efficiency can be improved, and configuration flexibility of the first terminal device can be provided.
  • the first terminal can also use RRC layer signaling, MAC layer signaling, master information block (MIB), system information block (System information block, SIB), or broadcast channel information bearer
  • MCS form indicates information.
  • a second indication field may be added to MAC layer information, SIB, MIB, or broadcast channel information, and the second indication field is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the first terminal device may also send to the second terminal the cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) mask type of the first SCI and/or the CRC mask corresponding to the data.
  • the code type indicates the MCS table to the second terminal device. That is, the MCS table indication information includes the first SCI and/or the CRC mask type corresponding to the data.
  • the CRC scrambling mask type can reflect different priority and/or reliability requirements. For the higher priority SCI and/or data CRC mask type, the MCS table with higher spectral efficiency can be associated, or Associate the MCS table with the maximum modulation order of 64QAM.
  • the first terminal device may also indicate the MCS table to the second terminal device through the service type corresponding to the data sent to the second terminal. That is, the MCS table indication information includes the service type corresponding to the data.
  • service types include broadcast/multicast/unicast service types.
  • broadcast and multicast services can use pre-configured modulation orders and code rates; service types can also include aperiodic/periodic service types, and non-periodic services.
  • Data transmission can dynamically configure MCS tables, and periodic service data transmission can configure MCS tables semi-statically or periodically.
  • the service type corresponding to the data may include periodic service data and aperiodic service data.
  • the second terminal device can be based on one of the service type of the data, the first SCI and/or the CRC mask type of the data, the priority of the data and/or the quality of service, the type of the reference signal, and the symbol length or density of the reference signal. Or a combination of multiple to determine the MCS table.
  • the first terminal device uses the MCS field in the SCI to indicate an MCS index.
  • the second terminal device matches the corresponding MCS index in the MCS table according to the MCS index indicated by the MCS field, so as to determine the MCS parameter for analyzing the data.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the format of the first SCI, that is, the terminal device uses the format corresponding to the first SCI to indicate the MCS table to the second terminal device.
  • different SCI formats correspond to different MCS forms.
  • the first terminal device sends SCIs in different formats to the second terminal device, which means that different MCS tables are indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the MCS table corresponding to the data scheduled in the SCI format can correspond to the MCS table with lower spectral efficiency, or the maximum modulation order is 64QAM MCS table.
  • the MCS table is associated with a resource pool
  • the MCS table indication information may include the identifier of the resource pool where the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device is sent, and the resource pool is associated with the MCS Correspondence exists before the table. That is, different resource pools are associated with different MCS tables. For example, in V2X, there are 2 MCS tables with a maximum modulation order of 64QAM, which are called MCS table 1 and MCS table 2, respectively. MCS table 1 is associated with resource pool 1.
  • MCS table 2 is associated with resource pool 2, then the first terminal device can select the corresponding MCS table and select the corresponding resource pool according to the priority of sending data/quality of service, and the second terminal device determines the association according to the resource pool of the received data
  • the MCS form may be a resource set, the first terminal device sends data in the resource set, and the second terminal device receives data in the resource set.
  • steps shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 may also include S260 and S270.
  • the first terminal device transmits to the second terminal device.
  • the MCS table indication information can still enable the second terminal device to accurately determine the MCS table. Further determine the MCS parameters of the MCS table. The efficiency and reliability of determining the MCS table by the second terminal device are improved.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method 300 for transmitting side link channel state information provided by the present application.
  • the method 300 can be applied to the scenarios shown in Figs. 1, 2 and 3, and of course can also be applied to In other communication scenarios, the embodiment of the present application does not limit it here.
  • the method 300 shown in FIG. 10 may include S310 to S340. The steps in the method 300 are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the first terminal device sends instruction information to the second terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate the first time unit and the second time unit.
  • the first time unit is used for the first terminal device to receive the channel state information CSI and first data from the side link of the second terminal device
  • the second time unit is used for the first terminal device to receive
  • the first time unit is earlier than the second time unit in the time domain
  • the first data is data sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the indication information.
  • the first terminal device sends a reference signal RS to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the RS.
  • the second terminal device determines the CSI according to the RS.
  • the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in a first time unit, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in a second time unit.
  • the first terminal device receives the CSI from the second terminal device in the first time unit, or receives the CSI sent by the second terminal device in the second time unit.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device needs to learn the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device will send instruction information (or may be referred to as configuration information) to the second terminal device for configuring the first time unit and the second time unit to the second terminal device.
  • the first time unit and the second time unit can be understood as two time periods.
  • the time length of the first time unit and/or the second time unit may be one or more subframes; or, it may be one or more time slots; or, it may be one or more symbols.
  • the length of the first time unit and the length of the second time unit may be different. For example, the time length of the first time unit may be greater than the time length of the second time unit.
  • the first time unit is used by the first terminal device to receive the channel state information CSI and first data from the side link of the second terminal device, that is, the first time unit is the second terminal device sending CSI to the first terminal device And the time unit of the data.
  • the second time unit is used for the first terminal device to receive the CSI from the second terminal device, that is, the second time unit is a time unit for the second terminal device to only send CSI to the first terminal device.
  • the PSSCH resource in the second time unit is only used to carry CSI.
  • the PSSCH resource in the first time unit is used to carry the data (first data) and CSI sent by the second terminal to the first terminal.
  • the first time unit is earlier than the second time unit in the time domain.
  • time gap There may be no time gap (time interval) between the first time unit and the second time unit.
  • the first time unit is time slot 0 to time slot 9
  • the second time unit may be time slot 10.
  • the effective time of CSI measurement and feedback can be time slot 0 to time slot 10.
  • the sum of the time lengths of the first time unit and the second time unit (valid time window) can be regarded as the CSI measurement and feedback valid time.
  • the above-mentioned first terminal device may obtain the information of the first time unit and the second time unit from the network device and notify the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first time unit and the second time unit by itself and notify the second terminal device.
  • the foregoing indication information may be the SCI sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the SCI may be carried on the PSCCH sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends an RS to the second terminal device, where the RS is used to determine the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the RS may be carried on the PSSCH sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the RS may include: cell-specific reference signals, channel state information reference signals (channel state information reference signals, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signals (demodulation reference signals, DMRS), and so on.
  • the second terminal device receives the RS.
  • the second terminal device determines the CSI of the side link according to the RS. That is, determine the CSI of the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in the first time unit, or sends the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time unit. That is, in the first time unit, if the second terminal device has first data sent to the first terminal device, the CSI and the first data are carried on the PSSCH and sent to the first terminal device. In the first time unit, if the second terminal device does not send the first data to the first terminal device, in the second time unit, the second terminal device only transmits the CSI to the first terminal device on the PSSCH.
  • the first time unit and the second time unit are configured. CSI and data are transmitted together in the first time unit, and CSI is transmitted separately in the second time unit. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI.
  • the channel quality of the side link may change differently, and the change of the channel quality causes the difference in the effective time of the CSI measurement report. . Therefore, the time length of the first time unit and the time length of the second time unit may be determined according to the moving speed of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the like.
  • the time length of the first time unit and the time length of the second time unit may be characterized by absolute time length (for example, microseconds ( ⁇ s), milliseconds (ms), etc.). It can also be characterized by the number of time domain resources such as symbols, subframes, and time slots. This application is not restricted here.
  • the first time unit and/or the second time unit may be selected from a certain pre-configured time set.
  • the pre-configured time set is ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , where T1, T2, T3, and T4 may be values obtained through simulation.
  • T1, T2, T3, and T4 may be values obtained through simulation.
  • 2 bits may be used in the indication information to indicate the first time unit or the second time unit.
  • the time (time) when the first time unit starts to count may be the time (time) when the first terminal device triggers the second terminal device to report CSI.
  • the first terminal device may send CSI trigger information (signaling) to the second terminal device to trigger the second terminal device to report CSI
  • the time when the first time unit starts counting may be the second terminal device receiving the trigger information time.
  • the time when the first time unit starts counting may be the time when the second terminal device receives the RS or the time when the first terminal device sends the RS.
  • the second terminal device may send a single When the data is broadcast, the CSI is carried and sent to the first terminal device. If in the first time unit, the second terminal device has no unicast data but only multicast or broadcast data, the second terminal device sends the CSI and the first terminal device to the first terminal device in the first time unit. The identification of the device and the broadcast data or multicast data.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and the CQI table The CQI value.
  • the first terminal device may also send CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link to the second terminal device, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate the A CQI table corresponding to the side link, where the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device in the For data sent to the second terminal device on the side link, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a service quality indicator field, and the priority field and/or a service quality indicator field is used to indicate the CQI table.
  • the first terminal device may also send the first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device.
  • the first SCI includes an indication field, and the indication field is used for Indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device on the side link The data sent to the second terminal device.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for To indicate the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the CSI is carried in the second SCI received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method 400 for determining a side link channel quality indicator provided by the present application.
  • the method 400 can be applied to the scenarios shown in Figs. 1, 2 and 3, and of course can also be applied to In other communication scenarios, the embodiment of the present application does not limit it here.
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 10 may include S410 to S430.
  • the steps in the method 400 are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 11.
  • the first terminal device generates CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link, and the side link is the first terminal device and Side link between the second terminal equipment.
  • S420 The first terminal device sends the CQI table indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the CQI table indication information.
  • S430 The second terminal device determines the CQI value in the CQI table according to the CQI table.
  • the method for determining the side link channel quality indicator uses the first terminal device to indicate the CQI table to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the CQI table indication information to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device can still accurately determine the CQI table, and further determine the CQI value in the CQI table.
  • the efficiency and reliability of determining the CQI table by the second terminal device are improved.
  • the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sending CQI table indication information to the second terminal device includes: the first terminal device sending the first side uplink control to the second terminal device Information SCI, the first SCI is used to schedule the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device on the side link, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a quality of service indication field, the priority The level field or the quality of service indication field is used to indicate the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the method 300 method further includes: the second terminal device sends a CQI value to the first terminal device.
  • the CQI value may be included in the CSI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method 500 for determining side link modulation and coding strategy information provided by the present application.
  • the method 500 may be applied to the scenarios shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, and of course it can also It is applied in other communication scenarios, and the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 12 may include S510 to S530. The steps in the method 500 are described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 12.
  • the first terminal device generates MCS table indication information, where the MCS table indication information is used to indicate the modulation and coding mode MCS table corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • S520 The first terminal device sends the MCS table indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the MCS table indication information.
  • the second terminal device determines the MCS table according to the MCS table indication information.
  • the first terminal device transmits to the second terminal
  • the device sending the MCS table indication information can still enable the second terminal device to accurately determine the MCS table. Further determine the MCS parameters of the MCS table. The efficiency and reliability of determining the MCS table by the second terminal device are improved. In this way, the second terminal device correctly receives the data sent by the first terminal device according to the MCS parameter, and the reliability of data transmission between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is improved.
  • the MCS table indication information includes an indication field in the first side uplink control information SCI, and the indication field in the first SCI is used to indicate the MCS table and the first SCI Used to schedule the first terminal device to send data to the second terminal device.
  • the indication field in the first SCI includes the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for Indicates the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the MCS table indication information includes MAC information, SIB, MIB, or broadcast channel information, and the MAC information, the SIB, the MIB, or the broadcast channel information includes a second indication field.
  • the second indication field is used to indicate the MCS form.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the service type corresponding to the data, or the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data, and the service corresponding to the data.
  • the type, or the CRC mask type or scrambling type corresponding to the data is used to indicate the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the cyclic redundancy check CRC mask type of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal The device sends data to the second terminal device.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the identifier of the resource pool where the data is sent, and the resource pool has a previous correspondence with the MCS table.
  • the MCS table indication information includes the format of the first side uplink control information SCI, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device to transmit information on the side uplink The second terminal device sends data.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). There is no limitation on its specific implementation.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 600 may correspond to the first terminal device described in the above method 200 to method 500, or may be a chip or component applied to the first terminal device And, each module or unit in the apparatus 600 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the first terminal device in the above method 200 to method 500.
  • the apparatus 600 may include a processing unit 610 and a transceiver unit 620.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 610.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to generate indication information, the indication information is used to indicate a time window, and the first time interval in the time window is used for the first terminal device to receive the channel from the side link of the second terminal device Status information CSI and first data.
  • the second time interval in the time window is used by the first terminal device to receive the CSI from the second terminal device.
  • the first time interval is earlier than the second time interval in the time domain. Time interval.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is configured to send the instruction information to the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send a reference signal RS to the second terminal device, where the RS is used to determine the CSI.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is further configured to receive the CSI and first data from the second terminal device in the first time interval, or receive the CSI from the second terminal device in the second time interval .
  • the communication device provided by the present application configures a time window for CSI feedback, and the time window includes a first time interval for data and CSI feedback together and a second time interval only for CSI feedback. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI. In addition, it is stipulated that only CSI is received or detected in the second time interval, which reduces the resource consumption of only receiving or detecting CSI, and improves resource utilization.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window is predefined.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the transceiving unit 620 is further configured to receive the data from the second terminal device in the first time interval.
  • CSI the identifier of the first terminal device
  • the broadcast data or multicast data the broadcast data or multicast data
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and the CQI table The CQI value.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is further configured to send CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link to the second terminal device, where the CQI table indication information is used to indicate The CQI table corresponding to the side link, and the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or the quality of service corresponding to the data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, and the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device For data sent to the second terminal device on the side link, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a service quality indicator field, and the priority field and/or a service quality indicator field is used to indicate the CQI table .
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send the first side link control information SCI to the second terminal device, where the first SCI includes an indication field, and the indication field is used
  • the first SCI is used to schedule the first terminal device on the side link Data sent to the second terminal device on the road.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for To indicate the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the CSI is carried in the second SCI received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
  • the device 600 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiver unit 620 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 620 and the processing unit 610.
  • the transceiving unit 620, the processing unit 610, and the storage unit are coupled to each other.
  • the storage unit stores instructions.
  • the processing unit 610 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is driven by the processing unit 610 to perform specific signal transceiving.
  • the transceiving unit 620 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the aforementioned method 200 to method 500 and the first embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 to FIG.
  • a terminal device receives information and sends information.
  • the transceiving unit 620 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 610 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the communication device 700 may include a processor 710, a memory 720, a transceiver 730, and a bus system 740.
  • the various components of the communication device 700 are coupled together through a bus system 740, where the bus system 740 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc., in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 740 in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 14 is only schematically drawn.
  • the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 13 or the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 14 can implement various embodiments of the aforementioned method 200 to method 500 and the first terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 to FIG. 12 A step of.
  • the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 13 or the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 14 may be a terminal device.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 800 may correspond to the second terminal device described in the above method 200 to method 500, or may be a chip or component applied to the second terminal device.
  • each module or unit in the device 600 is used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the second terminal device in the above method 200 to method 500, respectively.
  • the device 700 may include a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
  • the transceiving unit 720 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 810.
  • the transceiving unit 810 is configured to receive instruction information from the first terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a time window;
  • the processing unit 820 is configured to determine a first time interval and a second time interval within the time window, where the first time interval is used by the second terminal device to send sidelink channel state information CSI to the first terminal device And first data, the second time interval is used by the second terminal device to send the CSI to the first terminal device, and the first time interval is earlier than the second time interval in the time domain;
  • the transceiver unit 810 is also configured to receive a reference signal RS from the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit 820 is further configured to determine the CSI according to the RS;
  • the transceiver unit 810 is further configured to send the CSI and the first data to the first terminal device in a first time interval, or send the CSI to the first terminal device in the second time interval.
  • the communication device provided by the present application configures a time window for CSI feedback, and the time window includes a first time interval for data and CSI feedback together and a second time interval only for CSI feedback. Even in the absence of data transmission, the normal transmission of CSI is guaranteed, thereby ensuring the feedback of CSI. In addition, it is stipulated that only CSI is sent in the second time interval, which reduces the resource consumption of sending only CSI and improves the utilization rate of resources.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval in the time window.
  • the time domain position of the first time interval and/or the second time interval within the time window is predefined.
  • the first data is broadcast data or multicast data
  • the transceiver unit 810 is further configured to send the CSI and the first terminal device to the first terminal device within the first time interval.
  • the CSI includes a channel quality indicator CQI value corresponding to the side uplink, or the CSI includes a CQI table corresponding to the side uplink and the CQI table The CQI value.
  • the transceiver unit 810 is further configured to receive CQI table indication information corresponding to the side link from the first terminal device, where the CQI table indication information is used for Indicate the CQI table corresponding to the side link; the CQI table indication information includes the priority and/or service corresponding to the data from the first terminal device received on the side link by the second terminal device Quality;
  • the processing unit 820 is also configured to determine the CQI table corresponding to the side uplink according to the CQI table indication information.
  • the transceiving unit 810 is further configured to receive first side link control information SCI from the first terminal device, and the first SCI is used to schedule the second The data from the first terminal device received by the terminal device on the side link, the first SCI includes a priority field and/or a quality of service indicator field, and the priority field or the quality of service indicator field is used to indicate The priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the transceiver unit 810 is further configured to receive the first side link control information SCI from the first terminal device.
  • the first SCI includes an indication field, and the first SCI The indication field in an SCI is used to indicate the modulation and coding strategy MCS table corresponding to the data from the first terminal device received on the side link by the second terminal device, and the first SCI is used to schedule the The second terminal device receives data from the first terminal device on the side link.
  • the indication field in the first SCI is the priority field and/or the quality of service indication field in the first SCI, and the priority field or the quality of service indication field is used for To indicate the priority and/or quality of service corresponding to the data.
  • the CSI is carried in a second SCI sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 810 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 820 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the communication device 900 may include a processor 910, a memory 920, a transceiver 930, and a bus system 940.
  • the various components of the communication device 900 are coupled together through a bus system 940, where the bus system 940 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc., in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 940 in FIG. 16.
  • FIG. 16 is only schematically drawn.
  • the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 15 or the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 16 can implement various embodiments of the aforementioned method 200 to method 500 and the second terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 to FIG. 12 A step of.
  • the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 15 or the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 16 may be a terminal device.
  • each unit in the above device can all be implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1000 provided by this application.
  • the foregoing apparatus 600, 700, 800, or 900 may be configured in the terminal device 1000, or the apparatus 600, 700, 800, or 900 itself may be the terminal device 1000.
  • the terminal device 1000 may execute the actions performed by the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the foregoing method 200 to method 500.
  • FIG. 17 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1000 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment The described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 17 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 17 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as buses.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 1001 of the terminal device 1000, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 1002 of the terminal device 1000.
  • the terminal device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1001 and a processing unit 202.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1001 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1001 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1001 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (Such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned first terminal device and second terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application in the foregoing methods 200 to 500.
  • the readable medium may be read-only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the first terminal device, the third terminal device, and the network device respectively execute the first terminal corresponding to the above method. Operation of the device and the second terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip.
  • the system chip includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions to make the chip in the communication device execute any of the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • any of the communication devices provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions. Types of static storage devices, RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the feedback information transmission method described above.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • system and “network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • and/or in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • uplink and downlink appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario.
  • the "uplink” direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side.
  • the “downlink” direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction from the centralized unit to the distributed unit.
  • uplink and downlink “It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission.
  • the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置。可以应用于车联网、V2X、V2V等系统中，该方法包括：第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示时间窗，时间窗内的第一时间区间用于第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的CSI和第一数据，时间窗内的第二时间区间用于第一终端设备接收来自于第二终端设备的CSI，第一时间区间在时域上早于第二时间区间；第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送RS，RS用于确定CSI；第一终端设备在第一时间区间内接收该CSI和第一数据，或者在第二时间区间内接收该CSI。本申请提供的方法，可以保障侧行链路CSI传输的可靠性，降低传输CSI的资源的消耗。

Description

侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置
本申请要求于2019年08月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910760933.3、申请名称为“侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，更为具体的，涉及一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置。
背景技术
车辆对其他设备(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信是车联网中实现环境感知、信息交互的重要关键技术，这里的其他设备可以是其他车辆、其他基础设施、行人、终端设备等，在V2X中，侧行链路(side link，SL)为终端设备(例如车辆)和终端设备(例如其他设备)之间的通信链路。在V2X通信系统中，发送设备向接收设备发送参考信号，接收设备接收到该参考信号后，确定发送设备与接收设备之间的信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)，之后会将CSI通过物理层侧行链路共享信道PSSCH发给发送设备。但是，接收设备不是总是有数据发送给发送设备的，在接收设备没有数据发送给发送设备时，发送设备单独使用物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)发送CSI会造成资源的浪费。并且，由于CSI具有时效性，发送设备也无法确定何时单独使用PSSCH发送CSI，无法保障侧行链路CSI的传输的可靠性。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置。可以保障侧行链路CSI传输的可靠性。进一步的，还可降低传输CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
第一方面，提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第一终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示时间窗，该时间窗内的第一时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该时间窗内的第二时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间；第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS，该RS用于确定该CSI；该第一终端设备在该第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI和第一数据，或者，在该第二时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI。第一数据为第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的数据。
第一方面提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置反馈CSI的时间窗，该时间窗包括用于数据和CSI一起反馈的第一时间区间和只用于CSI反馈的第二时间区间。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间区间内只发送CSI，降低了只发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该指示信息还用于指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置。在该实现方式中，可以提高第二终端设备确定该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置的效率和准确率。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。在该实现方式中，第一终端设备不用向第二终端设备指示第一时间区间或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置，可以节省信令开销。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该第一终端设备在第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI和第一数据，包括：该第一终端设备在该第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。在该实现方式中，当第一数据为广播数据时，保证了广播数据和该CSI的正确传输。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。在该实现方式中，可以使得该CSI更为有效，提高了CSI的准确性和可靠性。有利于第一终端设备根据CSI选择合适的MCS参数)向第二终端设备发送数据。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。在该实现方式中，有利于第二终端设备准确快速的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值。提高了CSI的准确性和可靠性。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示该CQI表格。在该实现方式中，通过第一SCI包括的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示CQI表格，可以节省用于指示CQI表格的信令开销。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该指示字段用于指示与该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据。在该实现方式中，第一终端设备将该MCS表格指示给第二终端设备，以便于第二终端设备根据该MCS表格，确定接收第一终端设备的数据使用的MCS参数，提高第二终端设备确定MCS表格的可靠性，有利于第二终端设备准确的接收数据。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先 级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示该与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。在该实现方式中，通过第一SCI包括的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示MCS表格，可以节省用于指示MCS表格的信令开销。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI承载于该第一终端设备接收的来自于该第二终端设备的第二SCI中。在该实现方式中，通过接收第二终端设备发送的SCI，该SCI承载该CSI，可以保证CSI的传输的可靠性。降低传输CSI的资源开销。
第二方面，提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第二终端设备也可以是应用于第二终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第二终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收来自于第一终端设备的指示信息，该指示信息用于指示时间窗；该第二终端设备在该时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间，该第一时间区间用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该第二时间区间用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间；该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的参考信号RS；该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该CSI；该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在该第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。第一数据为第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的数据。
第二方面提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置反馈CSI的时间窗，该时间窗包括用于数据和CSI一起反馈的第一时间区间和只用于CSI反馈的第二时间区间。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间区间内只发送CSI，降低了只发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该指示信息还用于指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置。在该实现方式中，可以提高第二终端设备确定该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置的效率和准确率。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。在该实现方式中，不用向第二终端设备指示第一时间区间或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置，可以节省信令开销。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，包括：该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。在该实现方式中，当第一数据为广播数据时，保证了广播数据和该CSI的正确传输。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。在该实现方式中，可以使得该CSI更为有效，提高了CSI的准确性和可靠性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格；该CQI表格指示信息包括与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路 上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量；该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定与该侧行链路对应的该CQI表格。在该实现方式中，有利于第二终端设备准确快速的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值。提高了CSI的准确性和可靠性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。在该实现方式中，通过第一SCI包括的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示CQI表格，可以节省用于指示CQI表格的信令开销。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。在该实现方式中，有利于第二终端设备根据该MCS表格，确定接收第一终端设备的数据使用的MCS参数，提高第二终端设备确定MCS表格的可靠性，有利于第二终端设备准确的接收数据。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。在该实现方式中，通过第一SCI包括的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示MCS表格，可以节省用于指示MCS表格的信令开销。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI承载于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送的第二SCI中。在该实现方式中，第二终端设备将CSI承载于SCI发送该第一终端设备，可以保证CSI的传输的可靠性。降低传输CSI的资源开销。
第三方面，提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第一终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示第一时间单元和第二时间单元，该第一时间单元用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该第二时间单元用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间单元在时域上早于该第二时间单元；第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS，该RS用于确定该CSI；该第一终端设备在该第一时间单元内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间单元内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI。第一数据为第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的数据。
第三方面提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置第一时间单元和第二时间单元，第一时间单元内CSI和数据一起传输，第二时间单元内CSI单独传输。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了 只在第二时间单元内使用PSSCH只传输CSI，降低了只使用PSSCH传输CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该第一终端设备在第一时间单元内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI和第一数据，包括：该第一终端设备在该第一时间单元内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，包括：
该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示该CQI表格。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该指示字段用于指示与该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示该与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI承载于该第一终端设备接收的来自于该第二终端设备的第二SCI中。
第四方面，提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第二终端设备也可以是应用于第二终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第二终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收来自于第一终端设备的指示信息，该指示信息用于指示第一时间单元和第二时间单元，该第一时间单元用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该第二时间单元用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送该CSI，该第一时间单元在时域上早于该第二时间单元，该第一数据为该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送的数据；该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的参考信号RS；该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该CSI；该第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。第一数据为第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的数据。
第四方面提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置第一时间单元和第二时间单元，第一时间单元内CSI和数据一起传输，第二时间单元内CSI单独传输。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间单元内使用PSSCH只发送CSI，降低了只使用PSSCH发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，包括：该第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格；该CQI表格指示信息包括与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量；该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定与该侧行链路对应的该CQI表格。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CSI承载于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送的第二SCI中。
第五方面，提供了一种确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第一终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备生成与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该侧行链路为该第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送该CQI表格指示信息。
第五方面提供的确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设 备指示CQI表格，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值，有利于第二终端设备确定CQI表格的效率和可靠性。
在第五方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第五方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第五方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的CQI值，或者，该CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。在该实现方式中，有利于第一终端设备根据CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值选择合适的MCS参数(例如调制阶数和码率等)向第二终端设备发送数据。提高了第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送数据的可靠性以及频谱的利用效率。
第六方面，提供了一种确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第二终端设备也可以是应用于第二终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第二终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备确定与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格，该侧行链路为该第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格，确定该CQI表格中的CQI值。
第六方面提供的确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，通过第二终端设备确定与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，然后在该CQI表格中确定CQI值。在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第二终端设备准确的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值，有利于该侧行链路对应信道质量的确定。
在第六方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示该CQI表格；第二终端设备确定与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格，包括：该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定该CQI表格。在该实现方式中，第二终端设备通过接收指示CQI表格指示信息，在V2X通信系统中，即使第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值，有利于第二终端设备确定CQI表格的效率和可靠性。
在第六方面一种可能的实现方式中，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第六方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备该CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段 用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第六方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送该CQI值，或者，发送该CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
第七方面，提供了一种确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第一终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备生成调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，该MCS表格指示信息用于指示与该第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格；该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送该MCS表格指示信息。
第七方面提供的确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送MCS表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定MCS表格。进一步的确定MCS表格的MCS参数。有利于第二终端设备确定MCS表格的效率可靠性。以便于第二终端设备根据该MCS参数，正确的接收第一终端设备发送的数据，提高第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间数据传输的可靠性。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示该MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送数据。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段包括该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括媒体接入控制MAC信息、系统信息块SIB、主信息块MIB或者广播信道信息，该MAC信息、该SIB、该MIB或者该广播信道信息包括第二指示字段，该第二指示字段用于指示该MCS表格。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括该数据对应的业务类型、或该数据对应的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型，该数据对应的业务类型、或者该数据对应的CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型用于指示该MCS表格。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的格式，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送数据。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送数据。
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括发送该数据所在的资源池的标识，该资源池与该MCS表格之前存在对应关系。
第八方面，提供了一种确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第二终端设备也可以是应用于第二终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第二终端设备为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，该MCS表格指示信息用于指示与该第二终端设备接收的来自于第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码 方式MCS表格；该第二终端设备根据该MCS表格指示信息，确定该MCS表格。
第八方面提供的确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第二终端设备向接收第一终端设备发送的MCS表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定MCS表格。进一步的确定MCS表格的MCS参数。提高了第二终端设备确定MCS表格的效率可靠性。以便于第二终端设备根据该MCS参数，正确的接收第一终端设备发送的数据，提高第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间数据传输的可靠性。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示该MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括媒体接入控制MAC信息、系统信息块SIB、主信息块MIB或者广播信道信息，该MAC信息、该SIB、该MIB或者该广播信道信息包括第二指示字段，该第二指示字段用于指示该MCS表格。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括该数据对应的业务类型、或该数据对应的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型，该数据对应的业务类型、或者该数据对应的CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型用于指示该MCS表格。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的格式，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中，该MCS表格指示信息包括接收该数据所在的资源池的标识，该资源池与该MCS表格之前存在对应关系。
第九方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式、第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式、第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式、第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个步骤的单元。
第十方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式、第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式、第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式、第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个步骤的单元。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式、第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式、第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式、第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式、第四方面或第四方面 的任意可能的实现方式、第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式、第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式、第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式、第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式、第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式、第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式、第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式、第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十五方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括上述第九方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第十一方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第十三方面提供的通信装置。
第十六方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括上述第十方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第十二方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第十四方面提供的通信装置。
第十七方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，该计算机程序在被处理器执行时，用于执行第一方面至第八方面、或者第一方面至第八方面中的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序被执行时，用于执行第一方面至第八方面、或者第一方面至第八方面中的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十九方面，提供了一种芯片，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片的装置执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是为一例V2X通信中CSI测量和发送的示意图。
图2是一例适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。
图3是另一例适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图5是本申请一些实施例中的时间窗、第一时间区间和第二时间区间的示意图。
图6是本申请另一些实施例中的时间窗、第一时间区间和第二时间区间的示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的一例确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法的示意性交互图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的一例确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。
图14是本申请另一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。
图16是本申请另一个实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。
图17是本申请一个实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：V2X或者设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信系统、全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置、V2X通信系统中的汽车、车载设备等。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
CSI是发送端(例如终端设备)上报给接收端(例如网络设备)的信道状态信息，由信道质量指示(channel quality indicator，CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator，PMI)和信道矩阵秩指示(rand indication，RI)组成。
CQI反馈决定了编码和调制的方式，网络设备通过判断CQI的大小，来实现自适应调制编码(adaptive modulation coding，AMC)。CQI值可以由信道条件、噪声和干扰估计计算得到。例如。终端设备反馈的CQI值大了，网络设备选择高阶的调制方式，例如64正交幅度调制(64quadrature amplitude modulation，64QAM)。相反，反馈的CQI值小了，网络设备选择低阶的调制方式，例如正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying，QPSK)，采用冗余度较大的编码方式(1/4编码)，于是系统的吞吐量就小了。只有一个码字的时候，只需要反馈一个CQI值。但采用2个码字的多输入多输出系统(multiple-input multiple-output，MIMO)系统，则需要反馈两个CQI值。
空间信道秩(RI)的大小描述了终端设备和网络设备之间空间信道的最大不相关的数据传送通道数目。空间信道的秩是不断变化的，RI的大小决定了层映射方式的选择空间，秩的自适应也就是层映射的自适应。终端设备的秩标识是通过上行下行链路的控制信息来反馈的。
PMI决定了从层数据流到天线端口的对应关系。在基于码本的闭环空分复用和闭环发射分集模式下，层数目和天线端口数确定了，预编码的可选码本的集合就确认了。网络设备根据终端设备反馈的PMI，选择性能最优的预编码矩阵。
终端设备通过测量接收到的参考信号(reference signal，RS)，例如小区特定的参考信号、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)或者解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等来获取CSI信息，并上报给网络设备。 网络设备根据CSI信息，可以调整编码方式、调制方式、层数目、预编码矩阵等，决定下行数据传输的天线模式、编码调制方式等，然后在物理下行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PDSCH)上按照决定好的方式进行数据发送。具体的，网络设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层信令配置终端设备使用的哪一个CQI表格。终端收到配置的这个CQI表格后，确定网络设备指示的这个CQI表格(CQI-table)中的某一行参数，CQI表格中的一行参数可以包括CQI索引(CQI index)、调制方式(modulation)、码率(code rate)、频谱效率(Spectral efficiency)等参数。终端设备将这一行参数对应的索引(CQI值)上报给网络设备。终端设备向网络设备上报CQI值后，网络设备会在配置的CQI表格中去匹配相应的调制阶数和码率，并作为接下来的下行数据调度的参考，即网络设备还会通过RRC层信令向终端设备配置发送下行数据使用的MCS表格(MCS table)，并结合下行控制信息(down control information，DCI)通知终端设备使用的MCS索引(index)，MCS索引(index)用于标识MCS表格中的一行。终端设备根据指示的MCS索引和MCS表格，便可以知道网络设备发送数据所用的MCS参数，以便于终端设备正确的进行数据接收。
车辆对其他设备(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信是车联网中实现环境感知、信息交互的重要关键技术，这里的其他设备可以是其他车辆、其他基础设施、行人、终端设备等。V2X通信可以看成是设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信的一种特殊情形。V2X之间的通信链路可以称为侧行链路(side link，SL)，侧行链路为终端设备和终端设备设备之间的通信的链路。例如，可以是车辆到车辆之间的通信等。例如，车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)之间的通信可以看成是V2X通信的一种特殊情形，通过车辆和车辆之间直接进行通信，可以实时地获取其他车辆的状态信息以及路面情况，从而更好地辅助车辆驾驶甚至实现自动驾驶。
目前，V2X通信包含两种通信模式：第一种通信模式是基于网络设备(例如基站)调度的V2X通信，V2X中的用户设备(例如可以是车辆或者车载设备)根据网络设备的调度信息在被调度的时频资源上发送V2X通信的控制消息和数据。第二种通信模式是V2X用户设备在预配置的V2X通信资源池(或者也可以称为V2X资源集合)包含的可用时频资源中自行选择V2X通信所用的时频资源。例如，V2X终端用户设备可以通过感知(sensing)过程来获取资源，用户设备通过译码其他用户设备的侧行链路控制信息(side link control information，SCL)或者进行SL测量来获取其他用户设备资源占用的信息，基于sensing的结果来选择资源。其中，SL测量是基于译码SCI时相应侧行链路解调参考信号(side link demodulation reference signal,SL DMRS)的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power，RSRP)的值进行测量的。
在V2X通信系统中，物理侧行控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)用于传输V2X通信中的控制信息，物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)用于传输V2X通信中的数据。图1所示的为一例V2X通信中CSI测量和发送的示意图。终端设备1向终端设备2发送PSSCH(侧行数据)，PSSCH包括CSI-RS。终端设备2收到CSI-RS后进行CSI测量，生成CSI。该CSI为终端设备1与终端设备2之间的侧行链路的CSI。终端设备2通过PSSCH向终端设备1反馈CSI。CSI包括终端设备1和终端设备2之间的侧行链路对应的CQI和RI。
V2X通信系统中，发送设备向接收设备发送参考信号，接收设备接收到该参考信号后，生成CSI报告，然后使用PSSCH携带CSI发给发送设备。但是，接收设备不是总是有数据发送给发送设备的。接收设备可能在没有数据的时候只向发送设备发送CSI，但是由于CSI比特数较少，甚至少于调度CSI的SCI中的比特数，这样可能会造成资源的利用效率低的问题，导致侧行链路的CSI传输可靠性低。并且，关于CQI-table和MCS-table的配置中，由于发送设备和接收设备受移动速度影响，发送设备和接收设备之间的侧行链路的质量可能变化周期较短。由网络设备配置CQI-table和MCS table的效果变差。而且在第二种通信模式中，发送设备和接收设备可能不在网络设备的覆盖范围内，此时网络设备无法为发送设备和接收设备配置CQI-table和MCS table，对于CSI测量和反馈来说，接收设备没有被配置CQI表格则无法根据CQI表格确定CQI值；对于数据发送和接收来说，接收设备没有被配置MCS表格也无法确定解析数据使用的MCS参数，降低了侧行链路数据传输的可靠性和效率，甚至无法完成数据的解调译码。
有鉴于此，本申请提供了一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过在侧行链路上配置CSI反馈的时间窗，该时间窗包括第一时间区间和第二时间区间，第一时间区间内CSI和数据一起发送，并且在时间窗的最后(预)配置了只发送CSI的第二时间区间。保证了在该有效时间内CSI的反馈，并且，规定了只在第二时间区间才只发送CSI，降低了只发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率，保障了侧行链路CSI传输的可靠性。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先结合图2和图3简单介绍适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。
图2是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图2所示，该通信系统100包括四个通信设备，例如，网络设备110，终端设备121至123，其中，终端设备和终端设备可以通过D2D或者V2X的通信方式进行数据通信，网络设备110与终端设备121至123中的至少一个之间可以进行数据通信。对于终端设备121至123，两两之间形成的直连链路为SL。例如，终端设备121和123进行CSI的传输时，可以通过本申请实施例的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法进行CSI的传输。
图3是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的另一通信系统120的示意图。如图3所示，该通信系统120包括三个通信设备，例如，终端设备121至123，其中，终端设备和终端设备可以通过D2D或者V2X的通信方式进行数据通信。对于终端设备121至123，两两之间的链路为SL。例如，终端设备123和122之间进行CSI的传输时，可以通过本申请实施例的侧行CSI传输方法进行CSI传输
应理解，图2和图3所示的各通信系统中还可以包括更多的网络节点，例如终端设备或网络设备，图2和图3所示的各通信系统中包括的网络设备或者终端设备可以是上述各种形式的网络设备或者终端设备。本申请实施例在图中不再一一示出。
下面结合图4详细说明本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，图4是本申请一个实施例的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法200的示意性交互图，该方法200可以应用在图1、图2和图3所示的场景中，当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中，本申请实施例在此不作限制。
还应理解，在本申请实施例中，以第一终端设备和第二终端设备作为执行方法的执行主体为例，对方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定，执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于第 一终端设备和第二终端设备的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。方法200应用于V2X通信系统中时，该第一终端设备和/或第二终端设备可以是V2X通信中的车辆、车载设备、手机终端等。
如图4所示，图4中示出的方法200可以包括S210至S250。下面结合图4详细说明方法200中的各个步骤。
S210，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示第一时间区间和第二时间区间。或者，该指示信息用于指示有效时间窗，该指示信息用于指示时间窗，该时间窗内的第一时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该时间窗内的第二时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间。相应的，第二终端设备接收该指示信息。
S220，该第二终端设备在该时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时域位置。
S230，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS。相应的，第二终端设备接收该RS。
S240，该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该CSI。
S250，该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在该第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。相应的，该第一终端设备在该第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，或者，在第二时间区间内接收该第二终端设备发送该CSI。
在S210中，在第一终端设备需要获知第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI时。第一终端设备会向第二终端设备发送指示信息(或者可以称为配置信息)，用于向第二终端设备配置时间窗(或者也可以称为有效时间窗)。时间窗可以理解为一段时间长度。时间窗可以理解为CSI反馈的有效时间段。超过该时间窗后，由于CSI已经不能反映该侧行链路的信道质量，第一终端设备已经不期望或者不会接收第二终端设备反馈的响应于该RS的CSI。有效时间窗内包括第一时间区间和第二时间区间。该时间窗内的第一时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该时间窗内的第二时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间。第一数据为第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的侧行数据。
本申请实施例中，时间窗的时间长度可以是一个或多个子帧；或者，也可以是一个或多个时隙；或者，也可以是一个或多个符号。符号也称为时域符号，可以是正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，也可以是单载波频分多址(single carrier frequency division multiple access，SC-FDMA)符号，其中SC-FDMA又称为带有转换预编码的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding，OFDM with TP)。可选的。时间窗的时间长度还可以利用绝对时间长度来表示。例如，时间窗的时间长度的单位还可以用绝对时间单位(例如，微秒(μs)、毫秒(ms)等)来表征。
在本申请实施例中，第一时间区间和第二时间区间可以理解为两个时间段。第一时间区间的长度和第二时间区间的长度可以不同。例如，第一时间区间的时间长度可以大于第 二时间区间的时间长度。并且，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间。
在本申请实施例中，第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时间长度可以利用子帧、符号或者时隙来表征。例如，第一时间区间或者第二时间区间的时间长度为S个子帧、M个符号或者N个时隙等。可选的，第一时间区间或者第二时间区间的时间长度也可以利用用绝对时间单位(例如，微秒(μs)、毫秒(ms)等)来表征。例如，第一时间区间或者第二时间区间的时间长度为P ms等，P为正数。
在本申请实施例中，第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时间长度之和可以为该时间窗的时间长度。例如，时间窗的时间长度为10个时隙或者符号，则第一时间区间可以包括前9个时隙或者符号，第二时间区间包括最后1个时隙或者符号。又例如，假设时间窗的时间长度为20ms，则第一时间区间可以包括前15ms，第二时间区间包括后5ms。可选的，第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时间长度之和也可以小于该时间窗的时间长度。
示例性的，上述的指示信息可以是第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的SCI。该SCI可以承载于第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的PSCCH上。
在S220，该第二终端设备在该时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时域位置。例如，该第二终端设备可以根据预设的计算规则确定时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时域位置。或者，第一时间区间和第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置可以是协议预定义的。
在S230中，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送RS，该RS用于确定第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI。示例性的，该RS可以承载于第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的PSSCH上。该RS可以包括：小区特定的参考信号、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)和解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等。相应的，第二终端设备接收该RS。
在S240中，该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该侧行链路的CSI。即确定第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI。
在S250中，第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。也就是说，在第一时间区间内，如果第二终端设备有向第一终端设备发送的第一数据，则CSI和该第一数据一起承载于PSSCH上发送给第一终端设备。在第一时间区间内，如果第二终端设备没有向第一终端设备发送的第一数据，则在第二时间区间，第二终端设备只将CSI承载于PSSCH上发送给第一终端设备。
本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置反馈CSI的时间窗，该时间窗包括用于数据和CSI一起反馈的第一时间区间和只用于CSI反馈的第二时间区间。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间区间内只发送CSI，降低了只使用PSSCH发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备的移动速度可能会导致侧行链路的信道质量变化不同，而信道质量的变化导致CSI测量报告有效时间的不同。因此，时间窗的时间长度、第一时间区间的时间长度和第二时间区间的时间长度可以根据第一终端设备和第二终端设备的移动速度等确定。
可选的，在本申请的实施例中，时间窗可以是在某一个预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。例如，预配置的时间集合为{T1,T2,T3,T4}，其中T1、T2、T3、T4可以是经过仿真得到的数值。则对于时间窗，可以在指示信息中利用2比特指示时间窗的值。
可选的，在本申请的实施例中，时间窗开始计时的时间(时刻)可以是第一终端设备触发第二终端设备上报CSI的时间(时刻)。例如。第一终端设备可以向第二终端设备发送CSI触发信息(信令)，用于触发第二终端设备上报CSI，则该时间窗开始计时的时间可以是第二终端设备接收到该触发信息的时间。又例如，该时间窗开始计时的时间可以是第二终端设备接收到该RS的时间或者为第一终端设备发送该RS的时间。或者，时间窗开始计时的时间也可以是预定义的。本申请实施例中对于时间窗开始计时的时间(时刻)不作限制。
可选的，在本申请的实施例中，该指示信息还用于指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置。例如，该指示信息可以指示该第一时间区间在时间窗内所占的时域位置。第二终端设备可以根据指示信息，确定该第一时间区间在时间窗内所占的时域位置。如果在第一时间区间内第二终端设备有第一数据发送给第一终端设备，则第二终端设备将第一数据和CSI一起发送给第一终端设备。如果在第一时间区间内第二终端设备没有数据发送给第一终端设备，则第二终端设备会在时间窗除过第一时间区间外剩余的第二时间区间向第一终端设备发送CSI。相应的，第一终端设备在第一时间区间内检测第一数据和CSI，在第二时间区间内只检测CSI。又例如，该指示信息可以指示该第二时间区间在时间窗内所占的时域位置，则第二终端设备可以根据第二时间区间在时间窗内所占的时域位置以及时间窗的时间长度，确定第一时间区间在时间窗内所占的时域位置。可以提高第二终端设备确定该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置的效率和准确率。
应理解，对于指示信息指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置的方式。例如，可以直接指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置。又例如，也可以指示该第一时间区间/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置的计算规则或者计算方法等。第二终端设备根据该计算规则或者计算方法，可确定一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置。本申请实施例中指示信息指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置的具体方式不作限制。
可选的，在本申请的实施例中，该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。例如，该第一时间区间或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为协议预定义的，或者为预配置的。可选的，可以预定义或者预配置时间窗内第一时间区间或者第二时间区间所占的时间比例。例如，第一时间区间占该有效时间窗的前90％的时间，第二时间区间占该有效时间窗的后10％的时间。可选的，还可以预定义或者预配置时间窗内第一时间区间或者第二时间区间所占时域位置，例如，假设时间窗长度为M个时隙(或者子帧)，则可以预定义或者预配置第二时间区间为最后一个时隙(或者子帧)。可选的，还可以预定义或者预配置时间窗内第一时间区间或者第二时间区间时域位置的计算规则或者计算方法等。第一终端设备不用向第二终端设备指示第一时间区间或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置，可以节省信令开销。或者，该第一时间区间和第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。本申请对于预定义或者预配置时间窗内第一时 间区间或者第二时间区间的时域位置的具体方式不作限制。
例如，图5是本申请一个实施例的时间窗、第一时间区间和第二时间区间的示意图。如图5所示，时间窗为时隙3至时隙6。第一时间区间为3个时隙(slot 3至slot 5)，第二时间区间为1个时隙(slot 6)。第一终端设备在时隙1上向第二终端设备发送RS，第一终端设备在时隙2上向第二终端设备发送CSI触发信息(信令)。CSI触发信息(信令)可以作为第一时间区间计时的开始时间，则第一时间区间从时隙3开始计时。在时隙3至时隙5内，如果第二终端设备有向第一终端设备发送的数据，则CSI和该数据一起承载于PSSCH中发送给第一终端设备。如果在时隙3至时隙5内，第二终端设备没有向第一终端设备发送的数据，则在时隙6内，第二终端设备单独将CSI承载于PSSCH中发送给第一终端设备。
又例如，图6是本申请另一个实施例的第一时间区间和第二时间区间的示意图。如图6所示，时间窗为时隙3至时隙5。第一时间区间为3个时隙(slot 2至slot 4)，第二时间区间为1个时隙(slot 5)。第一终端设备在时隙1上向第二终端设备发送RS。发送RS可以作为第一时间区间计时的开始时间，则第一时间区间从时隙2开始计时。在时隙2至时隙4内，如果第二终端设备有向第一终端设备发送的数据，则CSI和该数据一起承载于PSSCH中发送给第一终端设备。如果在时隙2至时隙4内，第二终端设备没有向第一终端设备发送的数据，则在时隙5内，第二终端设备单独将CSI承载于PSSCH中发送给第一终端设备。
应理解，图5和图6只是示例性的，不应该对本申请实施例中的时间窗、第一时间区间和第二时间区间产生限制。
在本申请的实施例中，第二时间区间内用于单独发送CSI的PSSCH也可以称为只用于传输CSI的PSSCH(CSI only PSSCH)。在第一种通信模式中，网络设备可以在指示数据的资源时配置一个只用于CSI的资源。第一终端设备使用SCI向第二终端设备指示该只用于传输CSI的资源。除了显式指示只用于传输CSI的资源的方法外，还可以用隐式关联的方式。例如，网络设备配置了有效时间(第一时间区间和第二时间区间的时间长度之和)和传输数据的时频资源，第二终端设备根据PSSCH时频资源可以隐式关联出一个只用于传输CSI的资源。例如，具体的隐式关联规则可以是：第二终端设备根据PSSCH时频资源所在时隙，所占用的子信道位置，以及第一终端设备的标识信息来确定只用于CSI的资源。例如频域上根据PSSCH使用资源的子信道中最低或最高索引(index)数的子信道(sub-channel)+时频上2符号为用于传输CSI的资源。PSSCH可以理解为承载第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送数据的共享信道。在第二种通信模式中，第一终端设备可以提前预留只用于传输CSI的资源，并利用SCI指示给第二终端设备。或者第二终端设备根据上述的隐式关联的方式，根据PSSCH的时频资源确定只用于传输CSI的资源。或者，第二终端设备可以在接收到CSI触发信息(信令)后根据有效时间自行选择单独传输CSI的资源。
在本申请的一些实施例中，S250中，在第一时间区间内第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的第一数据是单播数据的情况下，则第二终端设备可以在发送单播数据时携带CSI一起发送给第一终端设备。如果在第一时间区间内，第二终端设备没有单播数据只有组播或者广播数据的情况下，以图7为例，在图4所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法200中的 S250:该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI：包括S251。
S251，该第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据，或者，在第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。
图7中所示的S210至S240的描述可以参考上述对S210至S240的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S251中，在第一时间区间内，当第二终端设备有组播或广播数据发送给第一终端设备时，由于组播或广播数据是多个终端设备都可以接收到的，但是该CSI只是发送给第一终端设备的，需要在CSI报告中增加第一终端设备的标识信息，比如目的标识(destination ID)，以便于第一终端设备正确接收该CSI。因此，第二终端设备可以将第一终端设备的标识、该广播数据或者组播数据以及该CSI通过PSSCH发送给第一终端设备。其中，第一终端设备的标识用于标识第一终端设备。第一终端设备识别出该第一终端设备的标识后，便可以确定该CSI是发送给自己的，从而实现了第一终端设备确定正确接收CSI，确保在组播或广播数据中携带CSI的有效传输，提高了CSI传输的可靠性。示例性的，第二终端设备可以将CSI承载于媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)控制元素(control element，CE)中和数据一起发送给第一终端设备，并在CSI中携带第一终端设备的标识信息。
在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
具体而言，在V2X通信系统中，第一终端设备和第二终端设备可能不在网络设备的覆盖范围内，在这种情况下，网络设备无法为第一终端设备和第二终端设备配置CQI表格。或者，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备在网络设备的覆盖范围内，网络设备可以通过RRC信令配置CQI表格，但是这个方式有效的前提是第一终端设备或者第二终端设备把第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI测量报告上报给网络设备，网络设备根据过该CSI测量结果为即将传输(下一次传输)的数据包配置MCS表格以及MCS。由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备受移动速度影响，第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的质量可能变化周期较短。网络设备配置CQI表格的效果变差。因此，第二终端设备可以先确定与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，然后在该CQI表格中确定CQI值。并将该CQI值，或者CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值携带在CSI中反馈给第一终端设备。可以使得第二终端设备向第一终端设备反馈的CSI更为有效，提高了CSI的准确性和可靠性。有利于第一终端设备根据CSI选择合适的MCS参数(例如调制阶数和码率等)向第二终端设备发送数据。提高了第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送数据的可靠性以及频谱的利用效率。
应理解，本申请实施例中，CSI中除了包括CQI值，或者，CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值之外，还可以包括该侧行链路对应的RI等。本申请在此不做限制。
在第二终端设备确定与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格的过程中，第一终端设备可以先向第二终端设备指示该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，第二终端设备可以根据第一终端设备指示，确定该CQI表格。进一步的确定CQI表格中的某一行。CQI表格中的一行可以包括 CQI索引(CQI index)、调试方式(modulation)、码率(code rate)、效率(efficiency)等参数。终端设备将这一行参数(CQI值)通过CSI上报给第一终端设备。在这种情况下，该CSI可以包括CQI值而不包括CQI表格。以图8为例，在图4所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法200还包括：S231和S232。
S231，第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息。该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该侧行链路为该第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；相应的，第二终端设备接收该CQI表格指示信息。
S232，该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定该CQI表格。
图8中所示的S210、S220、S230、S240和S250的描述可以参考上述对S210、S220、S230、S240和S250的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S231中，第一终端设备可以生成CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格。例如，假设V2X通信中总共有3张CQI表格，2个最大调制阶数为64QAM的表格以及一张最大的调制阶数为256QAM的表格。
2个最大调制阶数为64QAM的表格分别如CQI表1和CQI表2所示。
CQI表格1
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000001
CQI表格2
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000002
一张最大调制阶数为256QAM的表格如CQI表3所示。
CQI表格3
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000003
在S231中，该CQI表格指示信息可以指示这3张CQI表格中的任意一张CQI表格。在S232中，第二终端设备可以根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定该CQI表格指示信息指示的CQI表格。进一步通过CSI测量过程，确定该CQI表格中的某一行的参数，将这一行参数(CQI值)通过CSI上报给第一终端设备。可以使得CQI表格的配置方式更加灵活，第二终端设备向第一终端设备反馈的CSI更为有效，提高了CSI的准确性。
在S231，一种可能的实现方式为：该CQI表格指示信息可以包括在控制信令(例如第一SCI)中增加一个指示CQI表格的字段，即利用显示的方式向第二终端设备指示CQI表格。
另一种可能的实现方式为：该CQI表格指示信息包括其他隐式指示的信息。例如，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。即CQI表格指示信息可以通过第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量隐式的指示。
对于CQI表格指示信息指示包括该侧行数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量隐式的指示的方法中，一种可能的实现方式为：第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送侧行数据，第二终端设备根据该侧行数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量，确定该CQI表格，即第二终端确定接收的该侧行数据的优先级和/或服务质量后，根据数据的优先级和/或服务质量与CQI表格和之间的关联关系确定CQI表格。
另一种可能的实现方式为，该侧行数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量可以通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的侧行链路链路控制信息(第一SCI)中的指示字段进行指示。即该第一SCI中的指示字段用于向第二终端设备指示CQI表格。该第一SCI用于调度该侧行数据。
一种可能的实现方式为：第一SCI中的指示字段可以是第一SCI中的预留字段或者为第一SCI中新增加指示字段，用于指示CQI表格。
另一种可能的实现方式为：第一SCI中的指示字段为优先级(priority)字段和/或服务质量(quality of service，QoS)指示字段，第一SCI中的优先级字段或服务质量指示字段用于指示该SCI调度的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量，即第一SCI中的优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示CQI表格。
具体而言，第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段可以体现第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据可靠性要求，即可以作为确定CQI表格的一个要素。假设V2X中有2个最大调制阶数为64QAM的CQI表格(例如CQI表格1和CQI表格2)，对应不同的效率(efficiency)。第一SCI中的优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段指示的优先级有8个等级(level)：取值依次为：1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8，其中数字越小表示数据的优先级/服务质量要求越高。
按照优先级/服务质量可以分成两组，例如，将{1、2、3、4}分为一组，{5、6、7、8}分为一组。因为{1、2、3、4}这组比{5、6、7、8}这组可靠性更高，所以{1、2、3、4}这组关联效率(efficiency)较低的CQI表格(例如CQI表格2)，{5、6、7、8}这组关联效率(efficiency)较高的CQI表格(例如CQI表格1)。因为efficiency越高代表调制阶数更低，代表数据传输的可靠性越高，但是频谱的利用效率会下降，所以优先级/服务质量要求越高的数据应该对应更低的efficiency的CQI表格。其中，CQI表格的效率高低可以 通过的比较不同CQI表格中，相同的CQI索引(index)指示的效率大小来区分。第二终端设备便可以根据第一SCI中的优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段，确定CQI表格。
又例如，假设V2X中有2个最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格(对应不同效率)以及一个最大调制阶数到256QAM的CQI表格。例如上述的CQI表格1、CQI表格2和CQI表格3。而第一SCI中的优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段指示的有8个等级。标号依次为：1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8。则可以有如下对应关系：
{1、2、3、4}对应最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格中的效率较低的表格(如上述的CQI表格2)，{5、6、7、8}对应最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格中的效率较高的表格(如上述的CQI表格1)。
或者，
{1、2、3}对应最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格中的效率较低的CQI表格(如上述的CQI表格2)，{4、5、6}对应最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格中的效率较高的CQI表格(如上述的CQI表格1)，{7、8}对应最大调制阶数到256QAM的CQI表格(如上述的CQI表格3)。
应理解，上述的利用第一SCI中的优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段指示CQI表格的具体过程仅仅是示例性的。不应该对第一SCI中的优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段指示CQI表格的具体实现方式造成任何限制。
由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备均可知第一SCI中优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段指示的内容，则第一终端设备和第二终端设备均可知道第一SCI中优先级字段或者服务质量指示字段相对应的CQI表格。因此，可以通过第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示CQI表格。在准确指示CQI表格的情况下，可以节省信令的开销，提高通信效率。
在第一终端设备向第二终端设备指示CQI表格的情况下，该CSI可以包括CQI值，不包括CQI表格。
在第一终端设备或者网络设备不向第二终端设备指示CQI表格的情况下，第二终端设备可以自行确定CQI表格。并且在CSI中可以携带一组或者多组CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。以便于提高了CSI的准确性。有利于第一终端设备根据CSI选择合适的调制参数和码率等向第二终端设备发送数据。
作为一种实现方式。例如，假设V2X中只有2个最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格，或者第二终端设备不支持256QAM的调制阶数。第一终端设备或者网络设备可以不向第二终端设备指示CQI表格信息。在这种情况下，第二终端可以确定出两个CQI表格，并在两个CQI表格分别确定出CQI值。第二终端设备可以在CSI中利用1比特指示上报的CQI值对应的CQI表格是两个最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格中的哪一个。即该CSI中可以携带一个CQI表格指示信息和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
又例如，假设V2X中只有一个最大调制阶数到64QAM的表格和一个最大调制阶数到256QAM的CQI表格，则第二终端设备可以在CSI中利用1比特指示上报的CQI值对应的CQI表格是哪一个CQI表格。即该CSI中可以携带一个CQI表格指示信息和该CQI表格中的CQI。
又例如，假设V2X中有两个最大调制阶数到64QAM的表格和一个最大调制阶数到 256QAM的CQI表格，则第二终端设备可以在CSI中利用2比特指示上报的CQI值对应的CQI表格是这三个CQI表格中的哪一个CQI表格。即该CSI中可以携带一个CQI表格指示信息和该CQI表格中的CQI。
作为另一种实现方式。当第二终端设备确定了多个CQI表格时，第二终端设备可以在每一个CQI表格中确定一个CQI值。然后将该多个CQI表格对应的CQI值通过CSI反馈给第一终端设备。即CSI中可以携带多组CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。例如，假设有两个最大调制阶数到64QAM的CQI表格(例如CQI表格1和CQI表格2)，则第二终端设备反馈CSI时，可以携带提供CQI值1+CQI表格1以及CQI值2+CQI表格2这两组值。第一终端设备可以根据下一次调度业务的可靠性/优先级/服务质量要求，根据第二终端设备提供的多组CQI值+CQI表格，选择最合适的MCS表格以及MCS参数，达到最高的频谱利用效率。
本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备在CSI中反馈CQI值，或者在CSI中反馈CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。可以使得第二终端设备向第一终端设备反馈的CSI更为有效，提高了CSI反馈的准确性。有利于第一终端设备根据CSI选择合适的MCS参数向第二终端设备发送数据。提高了第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送数据的可靠性。
应理解，图7所示的步骤中也可以包括S231和S232。
还应理解，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送RS并且触发了第二终端设备进行CSI的上报，第二终端设备进行CSI测量后。假设支持信道互易性，即第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送数据的侧行链路和第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送数据的侧行链路的信道状态可以看作是相似的。则第二终端设备可以根据该CSI(包括CQI和RI)进行数据发送时调制阶数和目标码率的确定，利用确定的调制阶数和目标码率向第一终端设备发送数据，并在数据中携带CSI。
在本申请的一些实施例中，上述的第二终端设备向第一终端设备反馈的CSI时除了将CSI和数据一起发送给第一终端设备之外，还可以将该CSI承载在第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的SCI(第二SCI)中。例如，该第二SCI可以是用于调度第二终端设备向第一终端设备的发送的数据。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第二终端设备可以在第二SCI中增加CSI字段用来承载CSI。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第二终端设备可以利用第二SCI中的预留比特来承载CSI或压缩后的CSI。预留比特可以理解为：SCI中的某些字段长度是可变的，但是某个SCI格式的长度是固定的。所以会有一些预留的比特位是置空的。但是长度无法确定。例如，假设CSI中的CQI是4比特，可供使用的预留比特数是3比特，则将16行的CQI表格分成8组，每两个相邻的行是一组，用3比特来指示8组中的一组。假设可供使用的预留比特数是2比特，则将16行的CQI表格分成4组，每4个相邻的行是一组，用2比特来指示4组中的一组。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第二终端设备还可以使用一个只用于传输CSI的第二SCI来承载该CSI，即该第二SCI的格式(format)是特定的，这种格式的SCI中只包括CSI。
应理解，上述的几种方式仅仅是第二终端设备利用第二SCI向第一终端设备发送CSI的几个例子，本申请实施例中，第二终端设备还可以通过其他方式将CSI承载于第二SCI中发送给第一终端设备。本申请实施例在此不作限制。
本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过将第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的CSI承载于第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的SCI中，可以保证CSI的传输的可靠性。
在本申请的一些实施例中，第一终端设备接收到第二终端设备反馈的CSI后，会根据CSI中包括的CQI值以及RI值，或者CSI中包括的CQI表格和CQI表格中的CQI值以及RI值，作为接下来的下行调度的参考，即根据CQI值以及RI值，或者CQI表格和CQI表格中的CQI值以及RI值，确定向第二终端设备的发送数据使用的MCS表格，并在该MCS表格中确定相应的MCS参数(例如调制阶数和目标码率)。在第二终端设备不在网络设备的覆盖范围内的情况下，第一终端设备需要将该MCS表格指示给第二终端设备，以便于第二终端设备根据该MCS表格，以及第一终端设备指示的某一行MCS参数(例如MCS索引)，确定接收第一终端设备的数据使用的MCS参数，提高第二终端设备确定MCS表格的可靠性。
以图9为例，在图4所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法200还包括：S260和S270。
S260，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送MCS表格指示信息，该MCS表格指示信息用于指示与该第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格。相应的，第二终端设备接收该MCS表格指示信息。
S270，该第二终端设备根据该MCS表格指示信息，确定该MCS表格。
图9中所示的S210、S220、S230、S240和S250的描述可以参考上述对S210、S220、S230、S240和S250的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S260中，第一终端设备可以发送MCS表格指示信息，该MCS表格指示信息用于指示与该第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的MCS表格。例如，假设V2X中总共有3张MCS表格，2个MCS表格最大调制阶数是64QAM，1个MCS表格最大调制阶数是256QAM。
2个最大调制阶数到64QAM的MCS表格分别如MCS表格1和MCS表格2所示。
MCS表格1
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000004
MCS表格2
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000005
1个最大调制阶数到64QAM的MCS表格如MCS表格3所示。
MCS表格3
Figure PCTCN2020109386-appb-000006
应理解，上述的3个MCS表格仅仅是示例性的。本申请实施例中，V2X中可以利用的MCS表格的个数还可以是多个。最大调制阶数为64QAM的MCS表格可以为一个或多个，其中，多个最大调制阶数为64QAM的MCS表格的频谱效率(spectral efficiency)不 同，即相同MCS表格的索引对应的频谱效率不同；同样的，最高调制阶数为256QAM的MCS表格和可以为一个或多个，其中，多个最大调制阶数为256QAM的MCS表格的频谱效率不同，即相同MCS表格的索引对应的频谱效率不同。总的MCS表格的个数例如5个或者8个等。本申请实施例在此不作限制。
在S260中，该MCS表格指示信息可以指示多个MCS表格中的任意一个。第一终端设备可以向第二终端发送该MCS表格指示信息。在S270中，第二终端设备根据该MCS表格指示信息，确定该MCS表格。进一步的，结合其他信息，例如，第一终端设备在SCI中指示的MCS索引，确定接收第一终端设备发送数据使用的MCS参数。提高了第二终端设备确定MCS表格的效率可靠性。进一步使得第二终端设备准确的接收第一终端设备发送的数据。提高数据传输的可靠性。
作为一种可能的实现方式，MCS表格指示信息包括第一SCI中的指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示该MCS表格。
可选的，第一SCI中的指示字段可以是第一SCI中的预留字段或者为新增加指示字段。例如，假设V2X通信中有2张MCS表格，则第一SCI中需要增加1比特来指示2张MCS表格中的一个。假设V2X通信中有3张MCS表格，则第一SCI中需要增加2比特来指示3张MCS表格中的一个。
可选的，第一SCI中的指示字段也可以是第一SCI中本来自有的字段。例如，该指示字段可以是第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，第一SCI中的优先级字段或服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量，即第一SCI中的优先级字段或服务质量指示字段用于指示MCS表格，这是因为数据的优先级和/或服务质量体现了不同的可靠性或优先级的要求，可以和最大调制阶数以及频谱利用效率关联起来，即不同的优先级/服务质量关联到不同的最大调制阶数以及不同的频谱效率的MCS表格。
例如，假设V2X通信中有2个MCS表格。分别为上述的MCS表格1和MCS表格2。其中，MCS表格1的频谱效率(spectral efficiency)更高，即相同索引，MCS表格1中频谱效率值更高，也即MCS表格1的频谱利用效率越高。则优先级和/或可靠性较高的业务使用频谱效率较低的MCS表格2，优先级和/或可靠性较低的业务使用频谱效率较高的MCS表格1。业务的可靠性的高低可以由第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段来体现，假设优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段有8个取值，取值依次为：1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8。其中数字越小表示数据的优先级/可靠性/服务质量要求越高。优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示的值为1、2、3或4则对应MCS表格2。优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示的值为5、6、7或8则对应MCS表格1。
又例如，假设V2X通信中有3个MCS表格。其中，2个最大调制阶数到64QAM的MCS表格(例如MCS表格1和MCS表格2)，一个最大调制阶数到256QAM的MCS表格(MCS表格3)。则优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示的值为1、2或3对应MCS表格2。优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示的值为4、5或6对应MCS表格1。优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示的值为7或8对应MCS表格3。如果CSI反馈的信道质量较高，则第一终端设备使用最大调制阶数为256QAM的MCS表格，或者使用最大调制阶数为64QAM的MCS表格中的索引较大的MCS值对应的调制阶数和码率发送数据，这样可以提高频谱的利用效率。
通过利用SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段指示MCS表格。在实现准确指示MCS表格的情况下，可以节省信令的开销，提高通信效率，提供第一终端设备的配置灵活性。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第一终端还可以利用RRC层信令、MAC层信令、主信息块(Master information block，MIB)、系统信息块(System information block，SIB)或者广播信道信息承载该MCS表格指示信息。例如，可以在MAC层信息、SIB、MIB或者广播信道信息添加第二指示字段，该第二指示字段用于指示MCS表格。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一终端设备还可以通过向第二终端发送的第一SCI的循环冗余码校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)掩码类型和/或数据对应的CRC掩码类型向第二终端设备指示MCS表格。即MCS表格指示信息包括该第一SCI和/或数据对应的CRC掩码类型。其中，CRC加扰的掩码类型可以体现不同的优先级和/或可靠性要求，对于优先级更高的SCI和/或数据的CRC掩码类型，可以关联频谱效率更高的MCS表格，或者关联最大调制阶数为64QAM的MCS表格。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一终端设备还可以通过向第二终端发送的数据对应的业务类型向第二终端设备指示MCS表格。即MCS表格指示信息包括该数据对应的业务类型。其中，业务类型包括广播/组播/单播业务类型，比如，广播和组播业务可以使用预配置的调制阶数和码率；业务类型也可以包括非周期/周期业务类型，非周期业务的数据传输可以动态的配置MCS表格，周期业务的数据传输可以半静态或周期地配置MCS表格。
具体而言，该数据对应的业务类型可以包括周期性业务数据和非周期性业务数据。第二终端设备可以根据该数据的业务类型、第一SCI和/或数据的CRC掩码类型、数据的优先级和/或服务质量、参考信号的类型、参考信号的符号长度或密度中的一个或多个的组合来确定MCS表格。进一步的，第一终端设备利用SCI中的MCS字段指示一个MCS索引。第二终端设备根据MCS字段指示的MCS索引，在该MCS表格中去匹配对应的MCS索引，从而确定解析数据用的MCS参数。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一SCI的格式(format)，即终端设备利用第一SCI对应的格式向第二终端设备指示MCS表格。其中，不同的SCI格式(format)对应不同的MCS表格。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送不同格式的SCI，意味着向第二终端设备指示不同的MCS表格。例如，第一SCI格式用于调度优先级/可靠性/服务质量较高的数据，则该SCI格式调度的数据对应的MCS表格，可以对应频谱效率更低的MCS表格，或者最大调制阶数为64QAM的MCS表格。
在另一种可能的实现中，MCS表格和资源池相关联，该MCS表格指示信息可以包括发送第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据所在的资源池的标识，该资源池与该MCS表格之前存在对应关系。即不同的资源池关联到不同的MCS表格，例如V2X中有2个最大调制阶数为64QAM的2个MCS表格，分别称为MCS表格1和MCS表格2，其中，MCS表格1关联资源池1，MCS表格2关联到资源池2，则第一终端设备可以根据发送数据的优先级/服务质量选择相应MCS表格并且选择相应的资源池，第二终端设备根据接收数据的资源池来确定相关联的MCS表格。在一种可能的实现方式中，资源池可以是资源集合，第一终端设备在资源集合中发送数据，第二终端设备在资源集合中接收数据。
应理解，图7和图8所示的步骤中也可以包括S260和S270。
本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送MCS表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定MCS表格。进一步的确定MCS表格的MCS参数。提高了第二终端设备确定MCS表格的效率可靠性。
图10是本申请提供的一例侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法300的示意性交互图，该方法300可以应用在图1、图2和图3所示的场景中，当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中，本申请实施例在此不作限制。
如图10所示，图10中示出的方法300可以包括S310至S340。下面结合图10详细说明方法300中的各个步骤。
S310，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示第一时间单元和第二时间单元。该第一时间单元用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该第二时间单元用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间单元在时域上早于该第二时间单元，该第一数据为该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送的数据。相应的，第二终端设备接收该指示信息。
S320，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS。相应的，第二终端设备接收该RS。
S330，该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该CSI。
S340，该第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。相应的，该第一终端设备在该第一时间单元内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，或者，在第二时间单元内接收该第二终端设备发送该CSI。
在S310中，在第一终端设备需要获知第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI时。第一终端设备会向第二终端设备发送指示信息(或者可以称为配置信息)，用于向第二终端设备配置第一时间单元和第二时间单元。第一时间单元和第二时间单元可以理解为两个时间段。本申请中，第一时间单元和/或第二时间单元的时间长度可以是一个或多个子帧；或者，也可以是一个或多个时隙；或者，也可以是一个或多个符号。第一时间单元的长度和第二时间单元的长度可以不同。例如，第一时间单元的时间长度可以大于第二时间单元的时间长度。第一时间单元用于第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，即第一时间单元是第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送CSI和数据的时间单元。第二时间单元用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，即第二时间单元是第二终端设备向第一终端设备只发送CSI的时间单元。第二时间单元内的PSSCH资源只用于承载CSI。第一时间单元内的PSSCH资源用于承载第二终端向第一终端发送的数据(第一数据)和CSI。并且，第一时间单元在时域上早于该第二时间单元。第一时间单元和第二时间单元之间可以没有时间间隙(时间间隔)。例如，假设第一时间单元为时隙0至时隙9，第二时间单元可以为时隙10。则CSI测量和反馈的有效时间可以为时隙0至时隙10。当然，第一时间单元和第二时间之间也可以存在时间间隙。第一时间单元和第二时间单元的时间长度总和(有效时间窗)可以视为CSI测量和反馈有效时间。应该理解的是，上述的第一终端设备可以是从网络设备获取第一时间单元和第二时间单元的信息并通知给第二终端设备。或者，第一终端设备也可以自行确 定第一时间单元和第二时间单元并通知给第二终端设备。
示例性的，上述的指示信息可以是第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的SCI。该SCI可以承载于第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的PSCCH上。
在S320中，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送RS，该RS用于确定第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI。示例性的，该RS可以承载于第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的PSSCH上。该RS可以包括：小区特定的参考信号、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)和解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等。相应的，第二终端设备接收该RS。
在S330中，该第二终端设备根据该RS，确定该侧行链路的CSI。即确定第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路的CSI。
在S340中，第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在第二时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。也就是说，在第一时间单元内，如果第二终端设备有向第一终端设备发送的第一数据，则CSI和该第一数据一起承载于PSSCH上发送给第一终端设备。在第一时间单元内，如果第二终端设备没有向第一终端设备发送的第一数据，则在第二时间单元，第二终端设备只将CSI承载于PSSCH上发送给第一终端设备。
本申请提供的侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，通过配置第一时间单元和第二时间单元，第一时间单元内CSI和数据一起传输，第二时间单元内CSI单独传输。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间单元内使用PSSCH只发送CSI，降低了只使用PSSCH发送CSI的资源的消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
应理解，在本申请的实施例中，由于第一终端设备和第二终端设备的移动速度可能会导致侧行链路的信道质量变化不同，而信道质量的变化导致CSI测量报告有效时间的不同。因此，第一时间单元的时间长度和第二时间单元的时间长度的确定可以根据第一终端设备和第二终端设备的移动速度等确定。
还应理解，在本申请的实施例中，第一时间单元的时间长度和第二时间单元的时间长度可以利用绝对时间长度(例如，微秒(μs)、毫秒(ms)等)来表征。也可以利用符号、子帧、时隙等时域资源的个数来表征。本申请在此不做限制。
还应理解，在本申请的实施例中，第一时间单元和/或第二时间单元可以是在某一个预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。例如，预配置的时间集合为{T1,T2,T3,T4}，其中T1、T2、T3、T4可以是经过仿真得到的数值。则对于第一时间单元或者第二时间单元，可以在指示信息中利用2比特指示第一时间单元或者第二时间单元。
在本申请的实施例中，第一时间单元开始计时的时间(时刻)可以是第一终端设备触发第二终端设备上报CSI的时间(时刻)。例如。第一终端设备可以向第二终端设备发送CSI触发信息(信令)，用于触发第二终端设备上报CSI，则该第一时间单元开始计时的时间可以是第二终端设备接收到该触发信息的时间。又例如，该第一时间单元开始计时的时间可以是第二终端设备接收到该RS的时间或者为第一终端设备发送该RS的时间。本申请实施例中对于第一时间单元开始计时的时间(时刻)不作限制。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，在第一时间单元内第二终端设备向第一终端设备 发送的第一数据是单播数据的情况下，则第二终端设备可以在发送单播数据时携带CSI一起发送给第一终端设备。如果在第一时间单元内，第二终端设备没有单播数据只有组播或者广播数据的情况下，该第二终端设备在第一时间单元内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一终端设备还可以向该第二终端设备发送与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一终端设备可以向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示该CQI表格。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一终端设备还可以向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该指示字段用于指示与该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示该与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI承载于该第一终端设备接收的来自于该第二终端设备的第二SCI中。
应理解，方法300中以及方法400中的各个实现方式的具体过程可参考上述对于方法200中的相关的描述。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图11是本申请提供的一例确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法400的示意性交互图，该方法400可以应用在图1、图2和图3所示的场景中，当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中，本申请实施例在此不作限制。
如图11所示，图10中示出的方法400可以包括S410至S430。下面结合图11详细说明方法400中的各个步骤。
S410，第一终端设备生成与侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该侧行链路为该第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
S420，第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送该CQI表格指示信息。相应的，第二终端设备接收该CQI表格指示信息。
S430，该第二终端设备根据该CQI表格，确定该CQI表格中的CQI值。
本申请提供的确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备指示CQI表格，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第 二终端设备准确的确定CQI表格，进一步的确定CQI表格中的CQI值。提高了第二终端设备确定CQI表格的效率和可靠性。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，包括：该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该方法300方法还包括：第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送CQI值。例如，该CQI值可以包括在第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的CSI中。
应理解，方法400中以及方法400中的各个实现方式的具体过程可参考上述对于方法200中相关的描述。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图12是本申请提供的一例确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法500的示意性交互图，该方法500可以应用在图1、图2和图3所示的场景中，当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中，本申请实施例在此不作限制。
如图12所示，图12中示出的方法500可以包括S510至S530。下面结合图12详细说明方法500中的各个步骤。
S510，第一终端设备生成MCS表格指示信息，该MCS表格指示信息用于指示与该第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格。
S520，该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送该MCS表格指示信息。相应的，第二终端设备接收该MCS表格指示信息。
S530，该第二终端设备根据该MCS表格指示信息，确定MCS表格。
本申请提供的确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，在V2X通信系统中，即使第一终端设备和第二终端设备不在网络设备覆盖的场景中，通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送MCS表格指示信息，仍然可以使得第二终端设备准确的确定MCS表格。进一步的确定MCS表格的MCS参数。提高了第二终端设备确定MCS表格的效率可靠性。以便于第二终端设备根据该MCS参数，正确的接收第一终端设备发送的数据，提高第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示该MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送数据。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该第一SCI中的指示字段包括该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括MAC信息、SIB、MIB或者广播信道信息，该MAC信息、该SIB、该MIB或者该广播信道信息包括第二指示字段，该第二指示字段用于指示该MCS表格。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括该数据对应的业务类型、或该数据对应的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型，该数据对应的业务类型、或者该数据对应的CRC掩码类型或者加扰类型用于指示该MCS表格。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的循环冗余码校验CRC掩码类型，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送数据。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括发送该数据所在的资源池的标识，该资源池与该MCS表格之前存在对应关系。
可选的，作为一种具体的实现方式，该MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI的格式，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送数据。
应理解，方法500中以及方法500中的各个实现方式的具体过程可参考上述对于方法200中相关的描述。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便，不应构成特别的限定，各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。
还应理解，在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
还应理解，上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非要限制本申请实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例，显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，例如，上述方法200至方法500中某些步骤可以是不必须的，或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请实施例的范围内。
还应理解，上文对本申请实施例的描述着重于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处，未提到的相同或相似之处可以互相参考，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，本申请实施例中，“预定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
以上结合图1至图12对本申请实施例的信息的传输方法做了详细说明。以下，结合图13至图17对本申请实施例通信装置进行详细说明。
图13示出了本申请实施例的通信装置600的示意性框图，该装置600可以对应上述方法200至方法500中描述的第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片或组件，并且，该装置600中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200至方法500中第一终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
如图13所示，该装置600可以包括处理单元610和收发单元620。收发单元620用于在处理单元610的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
处理单元610，用于生成指示信息，该指示信息用于指示时间窗，该时间窗内的第一 时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该时间窗内的第二时间区间用于该第一终端设备接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间。
收发单元620，用于向第二终端设备发送该指示信息。
收发单元620，还用于向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS，该RS用于确定该CSI。
收发单元620，还用于在该第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI和第一数据，或者，在该第二时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI。
本申请提供的通信装置，通过配置反馈CSI的时间窗，该时间窗包括用于数据和CSI一起反馈的第一时间区间和只用于CSI反馈的第二时间区间。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间区间内只接收或者检测CSI，降低了只接收或者检测CSI的资源消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该指示信息还用于指示该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该收发单元620，还用于在该第一时间区间内接收来自于该第二终端设备的该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元620，还用于向该第二终端设备发送与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格，该CQI表格指示信息包括该第一终端设备向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元620，还用于向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示该CQI表格。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元620，还用于向该第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该指示字段用于指示与该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第一终端设备在该侧行链路上向该第二终端设备发送的数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示该与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI承载于该第一终端设备接收的来自于该第二终端设备的第二SCI中。
进一步的，该装置600还可以该存储单元，收发单元620可以可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元620和处理单元610执行的指令。收发 单元620、处理单元610和存储单元相互耦合，存储单元存储指令，处理单元610用于执行存储单元存储的指令，收发单元620用于在处理单元610的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
应理解，装置600中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法200至方法500、以及图4、图7至图12中相关实施例的第一终端设备相关的描述，为了简洁，这里不加赘述。
可选的，收发单元620可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块)，用于执行前述方法200至方法500的各个实施例以及图4、图7至图12所示的实施例中第一终端设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。
应理解，收发单元620可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元610可由处理器实现。如图14所示，通信装置700可以包括处理器710、存储器720、收发器730和总线系统740。通信装置700的各个组件通过总线系统740耦合在一起，其中总线系统740除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图14中将各种总线都标为总线系统740。为便于表示，图14中仅是示意性画出。
图13所示的通信装置600或图14所示的通信装置700能够实现前述方法法200至方法500的各个实施例以及图4、图7至图12所示的实施例中第一终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，图13所示的通信装置600或图14所示的通信装置700可以为终端设备。
图15示出了本申请实施例的通信装置800的示意性框图，该装置800可以对应上述方法200至方法500中描述的第二终端设备，也可以是应用于第二终端设备的芯片或组件，并且，该装置600中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200至方法500中第二终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
如图15所示，该装置700可以包括收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元720用于在处理单元810的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
收发单元810，用于接收来自于第一终端设备的指示信息，该指示信息用于指示时间窗；
处理单元820，用于在该时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间，该第一时间区间用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，该第二时间区间用于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送该CSI，该第一时间区间在时域上早于该第二时间区间；
该收发单元810，还用于接收来自于该第一终端设备的参考信号RS；
该处理单元820，还用于根据该RS，确定该CSI；
该收发单元810，还用于在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI和第一数据，或者，在该第二时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI。
本申请提供的通信装置，通过配置反馈CSI的时间窗，该时间窗包括用于数据和CSI一起反馈的第一时间区间和只用于CSI反馈的第二时间区间。即使在没有数据传输的情况下，也保证了CSI的正常传输，从而保障了CSI的反馈。并且，规定了只在第二时间区间内只发送CSI，降低了只发送CSI的资源消耗，提高了资源的利用率。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该指示信息还用于指示该第一时间区间和/或该 第二时间区间在该时间窗的时域位置。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时间区间和/或该第二时间区间在该时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，该收发单元810，还用于在第一时间区间内向该第一终端设备发送该CSI、该第一终端设备的标识和该广播数据或者组播数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，该CSI包括与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格和该CQI表格中的CQI值。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元810，还用于接收来自于该第一终端设备的与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，该CQI表格指示信息用于指示与该侧行链路对应的CQI表格；该CQI表格指示信息包括与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量；该处理单元820，还用于根据该CQI表格指示信息，确定与该侧行链路对应的该CQI表格。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元810，还用于接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据，该第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该收发单元810，还用于接收来自于该第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，该第一SCI包括指示字段，该第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示与该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收的来自于该第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，该第一SCI用于调度该第二终端设备在该侧行链路上接收来自于该第一终端设备的数据。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一SCI中的指示字段为该第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，该优先级字段或该服务质量指示字段用于指示与该数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该CSI承载于该第二终端设备向该第一终端设备发送的第二SCI中。
应理解，收发单元810可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元820可由处理器实现。如图16所示，通信装置900可以包括处理器910、存储器920、收发器930和总线系统940。通信装置900的各个组件通过总线系统940耦合在一起，其中总线系统940除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图16中将各种总线都标为总线系统940。为便于表示，图16中仅是示意性画出。
图15所示的通信装置800或图16所示的通信装置900能够实现前述方法法200至方法500的各个实施例以及图4、图7至图12所示的实施例中第二终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，图15所示的通信装置800或图16所示的通信装置900可以为终端设备。
还应理解，以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，实际实现时可以全部 或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现；也可以全部以硬件的形式实现；还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现，部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如，各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件，也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现，此外，也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中，由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器，可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。
在一个例子中，以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如，当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时，该处理元件可以是通用处理器，例如中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如，这些单元可以集成在一起，以片上系统(system-on-a-chip，SOC)的形式实现。
图17为本申请提供的一种终端设备1000的结构示意图。上述装置600、700、800或者900可以配置在该终端设备1000中，或者，该装置600、700、800或者900本身可以即为该终端设备1000。或者说，该终端设备1000可以执行上述方法200至方法500中第一终端设备或者第二终端设备执行的动作。
为了便于说明，图17仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图17所示，终端设备1000包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图17仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
例如，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以 及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图17中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。该基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1000的收发单元1001，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1000的处理单元1002。如图13所示，终端设备1000包括收发单元1001和处理单元202。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元1001中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元1001中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元1001包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
应理解，本申请实施例中，处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计 算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：上述的第一终端设备和第二终端设备。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序代码，该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法200至方法500中本申请实施例提供的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括指令，当该指令被执行时，以使得该第一终端设备、第三终端设备和网络设备分别执行对应于上述方法的第一终端设备和第二终端设备的操作。
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片，该系统芯片包括：处理单元和通信单元，该处理单元，例如可以是处理器，该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令，以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种方法。
可选地，上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种通信装置可以包括该系统芯片。
可选地，该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。
可选地，该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元，如寄存器、缓存等，该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元，如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，RAM等。其中，上述任一处提到的处理器，可以是一个CPU，微处理器，ASIC，或一个或多个用于控制上述的反馈信息传输的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦，分别设置在不同的物理设备上，通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能，以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者，该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存 储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本申请中出现的术语“上行”和“下行”，用于在特定场景描述数据/信息传输的方向，比如，“上行”方向一般是指数据/信息从终端向网络侧传输的方向，或者分布式单元向集中式单元传输的方向，“下行”方向一般是指数据/信息从网络侧向终端传输的方向，或者集中式单元向分布式单元传输的方向，可以理解，“上行”和“下行”仅用于描述数据/信息的传输方向，该数据/信息传输的具体起止的设备都不作限定。
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名，可以理解的是，这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定，所赋名称可随着场景，语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更，对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解，应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，该单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储 在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (89)

  1. 一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示时间窗，所述时间窗内的第一时间区间用于所述第一终端设备接收来自于所述第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，所述时间窗内的第二时间区间用于所述第一终端设备接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI，所述第一时间区间在时域上早于所述第二时间区间；
    第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS，所述RS用于确定所述CSI；
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI和第一数据，或者，在所述第二时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息还用于指示所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，所述第一终端设备在第一时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI和第一数据，包括：
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI、所述第一终端设备的标识和所述广播数据或者组播数据。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格和所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  7. 根据权利6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送CQI表格指示信息，包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据，所述第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示所述CQI表格。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI包括指示字段，所述指示字段用于指示与所述第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述 第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一SCI中的指示字段为所述第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示所述与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CSI承载于所述第一终端设备接收的来自于所述第二终端设备的第二SCI中。
  11. 一种侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备接收来自于第一终端设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示时间窗；
    所述第二终端设备在所述时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间，所述第一时间区间用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，所述第二时间区间用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI，所述第一时间区间在时域上早于所述第二时间区间；
    所述第二终端设备接收来自于所述第一终端设备的参考信号RS；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述RS，确定所述CSI；
    所述第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI和第一数据，或者，在所述第二时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息还用于指示所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗的时域位置。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，所述第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI和第一数据，包括：
    所述第二终端设备在第一时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI、所述第一终端设备的标识和所述广播数据或者组播数据。
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格和所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自于所述第一终端设备的与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格；所述CQI表格指示信息包括与所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述CQI表格指示信息，确定与所述侧行链路对应的所述CQI表格。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备接收来自于所述第一终端设备的CQI表格指示信息，包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自于所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备 的数据，所述第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  18. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自于所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI包括指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示与所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收来自于所述第一终端设备的数据。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一SCI中的指示字段为所述第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  20. 根据权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CSI承载于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送的第二SCI中。
  21. 一种确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备生成调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，所述MCS表格指示信息用于指示与所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格；
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送所述MCS表格指示信息。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示所述MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有2个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用1比特来指示所述2个MCS表格中的一个。
  24. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有3个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用2比特来指示所述3个MCS表格中的一个。
  25. 根据权利要求21至24中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述MCS表格和发送所述数据所在的资源池相关联。
  26. 一种确定侧行链路调制与编码策略信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备接收调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，所述MCS表格指示信息用于指示与所述第二终端设备接收的来自第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述MCS表格指示信息确定所述MCS表格。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示所述MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备接收的来自所述第一终端设备的数据。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有2个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用1比特来指示所述2个MCS表格中的一个。
  29. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有3个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用2比特来指示所述3个MCS表格中的一个。
  30. 根据权利要求26至29中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述MCS表格和接 收所述数据所在的资源池相关联。
  31. 一种确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备生成与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格，所述侧行链路为第二终端设备与所述第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送所述CQI表格指示信息。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送所述CQI表格指示信息，包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一SCI中的一个指示所述CQI表格的字段。
  34. 根据权利要求31至33中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于向所述第二终端设备配置时间窗，所述时间窗为信道状态信息CSI反馈的有效时间段。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述时间窗的时间长度是一个或多个时隙。
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述时间窗是在预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。
  37. 一种确定侧行链路信道质量指示的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备确定与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格，所述侧行链路为所述第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述CQI表格，确定所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的与侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格；
    所述第二终端设备确定与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格，包括：
    所述第二终端设备根据所述CQI表格指示信息，确定所述CQI表格。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的CQI表格指示信息，包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备接收的来自所述第一终端设备的数据。
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一SCI中的一个指示所述CQI表格的字段。
  41. 根据权利要求37至40中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收来自所述所述第二终端设备的配置信息，所述配置信息用于向所述第二终端设备配置时间窗，所述时间窗为信道状态信息CSI反馈的有效时间段。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法，其特征在于，所述时间窗的时间长度是一个或多个时隙。
  43. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法，其特征在于，所述时间窗是在预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。
  44. 一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示时间窗，所述时间窗内的第一时间区间用于所述第一终端设备接收来自于所述第二终端设备的侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，所述时间窗内的第二时间区间用于所述第一终端设备接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI，所述第一时间区间在时域上早于所述第二时间区间；
    所述收发单元，还用于向第二终端设备发送参考信号RS，所述RS用于确定所述CSI；
    所述收发单元，还用于所述第一终端设备在所述第一时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI和第一数据，或者，在所述第二时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息还用于指示所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置。
  46. 根据权利要求44或45所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
  47. 根据权利要求44至46中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，
    所述收发单元，还用于在所述第一时间区间内接收来自于所述第二终端设备的所述CSI、所述第一终端设备的标识和所述广播数据或者组播数据。
  48. 根据权利要求44至47中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格和所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  50. 根据权利49所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据，所述第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段用于指示所述CQI表格。
  51. 根据权利要求44至50中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI包括指示字段，所述指示字段用于指示与所述第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第一终端设备在所述侧行链路上向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一SCI中的指示字段为所述 第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示所述与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  53. 根据权利要求44至52中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述CSI承载于所述第一终端设备接收的来自于所述第二终端设备的第二SCI中。
  54. 一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第二终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收来自于第一终端设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示时间窗；
    处理单元，用于在所述时间窗内确定第一时间区间和第二时间区间，所述第一时间区间用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送侧行链路的信道状态信息CSI和第一数据，所述第二时间区间用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI，所述第一时间区间在时域上早于所述第二时间区间；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收来自于所述第一终端设备的参考信号RS；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述RS，确定所述CSI；
    所述收发单元，还用于在第一时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI和第一数据，或者，在所述第二时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的装置，其特征在于，所述指示信息还用于指示所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗的时域位置。
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间区间和/或所述第二时间区间在所述时间窗内的时域位置为预定义的。
  57. 根据权利要求51至56中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一数据为广播数据或者组播数据，
    所述收发单元，还用于在第一时间区间内向所述第一终端设备发送所述CSI、所述第一终端设备的标识和所述广播数据或者组播数据。
  58. 根据权利要求54至57中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI值，或者，所述CSI包括与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格和所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于接收来自于所述第一终端设备的与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格；所述CQI表格指示信息包括与所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备的数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述CQI表格指示信息，确定与所述侧行链路对应的所述CQI表格。
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于接收来自于所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备的数据，所述第一SCI包括优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  61. 根据权利要求54至60中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于接收来自于所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI， 所述第一SCI包括指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示与所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收的来自于所述第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码策略MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述第二终端设备在所述侧行链路上接收来自于所述第一终端设备的数据。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一SCI中的指示字段为所述第一SCI中的优先级字段和/或服务质量指示字段，所述优先级字段或所述服务质量指示字段用于指示与所述数据对应的优先级和/或服务质量。
  63. 根据权利要求54至62中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述CSI承载于所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送的第二SCI中。
  64. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，所述MCS表格指示信息用于指示与所述通信装置向第二终端设备发送的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格；
    收发单元，用于向所述第二终端设备发送所述MCS表格指示信息。
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示所述MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述通信装置向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的通信装置，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有2个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用1比特来指示所述2个MCS表格中的一个。
  67. 根据权利要求64或65所述的通信装置，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有3个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用2比特来指示所述3个MCS表格中的一个。
  68. 根据权利要求64至67中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述MCS表格和发送所述数据所在的资源池相关联。
  69. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收调制与编码策略MCS表格指示信息，所述MCS表格指示信息用于指示与所述通信装置接收的来自第一终端设备的数据对应的调制与编码方式MCS表格；
    处理单元，用于根据所述MCS表格指示信息确定所述MCS表格。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述MCS表格指示信息包括第一侧行链路控制信息SCI中的指示字段，所述第一SCI中的指示字段用于指示所述MCS表格，所述第一SCI用于调度所述通信装置接收的来自所述第一终端设备的数据。
  71. 根据权利要求69或70所述的通信装置，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有2个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用1比特来指示所述2个MCS表格中的一个。
  72. 根据权利要求69或70所述的通信装置，其特征在于，车辆对其他设备V2X通信中有3个MCS表格，所述第一SCI中用2比特来指示所述3个MCS表格中的一个。
  73. 根据权利要求69至72中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述MCS表格和接收所述数据所在的资源池相关联。
  74. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格，所述侧行链路为第二终端设备与 所述通信装置之间的侧行链路；
    收发单元，用于向所述第二终端设备发送所述CQI表格指示信息。
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：
    向所述第二终端设备发送第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述通信装置向所述第二终端设备发送的数据。
  76. 根据权利要求74或75所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一SCI中的一个指示所述CQI表格的字段。
  77. 根据权利要求74至76中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于向所述第二终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于向所述第二终端设备配置时间窗，所述时间窗为信道状态信息CSI反馈的有效时间段。
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述时间窗的时间长度是一个或多个时隙。
  79. 根据权利要求77或78所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述时间窗是在预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。
  80. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定与侧行链路对应的信道质量指示CQI表格，所述侧行链路为所述通信装置与第一终端设备之间的侧行链路；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述CQI表格，确定所述CQI表格中的CQI值。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置还包括：
    收发单元，用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的与侧行链路对应的CQI表格指示信息，所述CQI表格指示信息用于指示与所述侧行链路对应的CQI表格；
    所述处理单元具体用于：
    根据所述CQI表格指示信息，确定所述CQI表格。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：
    接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一侧行链路控制信息SCI，所述第一SCI用于调度所述通信装置接收的来自所述第一终端设备的数据。
  83. 根据权利要求81或82所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述CQI表格指示信息包括所述第一SCI中的一个指示所述CQI表格的字段。
  84. 根据权利要求80至83中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于向所述通信装置配置时间窗，所述时间窗为信道状态信息CSI反馈的有效时间段。
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述时间窗的时间长度是一个或多个时隙。
  86. 根据权利要求84或85所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述时间窗是在预配置的时间集合中选择出来的。
  87. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合：
    所述至少一个处理器，用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至43中任一项所述的方法。
  88. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至43中任一项所述的方法。
  89. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的通信设备执行如权利要求1至43中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/109386 2019-08-16 2020-08-14 侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置 WO2021032029A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022510070A JP2022544970A (ja) 2019-08-16 2020-08-14 サイドリンク・チャネル状態情報伝送方法および通信装置
KR1020227008538A KR20220061132A (ko) 2019-08-16 2020-08-14 사이드링크 채널 상태 정보 전송 방법 및 통신 장치
EP20855230.7A EP4016892A4 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-14 METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SIDELINK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
US17/672,545 US20220173829A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2022-02-15 Sidelink Channel State Information Transmission Method and Communication Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910760933.3 2019-08-16
CN201910760933.3A CN112398575B (zh) 2019-08-16 2019-08-16 侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法、装置、介质和芯片

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/672,545 Continuation US20220173829A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2022-02-15 Sidelink Channel State Information Transmission Method and Communication Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021032029A1 true WO2021032029A1 (zh) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74603174

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/109386 WO2021032029A1 (zh) 2019-08-16 2020-08-14 侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20220173829A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4016892A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2022544970A (zh)
KR (1) KR20220061132A (zh)
CN (2) CN112398575B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021032029A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112566231A (zh) * 2019-09-25 2021-03-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信息发送方法、接收方法及设备
US11716713B2 (en) * 2019-11-08 2023-08-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Modulation and coding scheme determination for sidelink communication
US12107676B2 (en) * 2019-11-14 2024-10-01 Hyundai Motor Company Method and device for transmitting and receiving sidelink data in communication system
CN115443680A (zh) * 2020-04-22 2022-12-06 株式会社Ntt都科摩 终端以及通信方法
WO2023131212A1 (zh) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-13 华为技术有限公司 一种侧行链路通信方法及装置
US20230345204A1 (en) * 2022-04-26 2023-10-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Scheduled positioning of target devices using mobile anchor devices

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103856300A (zh) * 2012-11-28 2014-06-11 电信科学技术研究院 一种用户反馈信息的传输方法和设备
EP3340671A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2018-06-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and related device

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104301067B (zh) * 2013-07-19 2018-09-21 华为技术有限公司 Dm-rs图样指示方法和装置
KR20170044657A (ko) * 2014-08-14 2017-04-25 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 전송 전력 제어를 수행하기 위한 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
WO2016163972A1 (en) * 2015-04-08 2016-10-13 Intel Corporation Control signaling mechanisms for enhanced device-to-device (d2d)
US10225847B2 (en) * 2015-04-10 2019-03-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for transmitting/receiving D2D signal considering priority in wireless communication system
JP2018148248A (ja) * 2015-07-28 2018-09-20 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置および方法
JP2018026661A (ja) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-15 ソニー株式会社 通信装置、通信方法及びプログラム
WO2018135905A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A method and device for vehicle to everything (v2x) communications and a transmitting and receiving method and equipment in v2x communication
US11246116B2 (en) * 2017-06-16 2022-02-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple MCS tables for NR
CN109660315B (zh) * 2017-10-10 2021-08-17 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 基于dmrs的pdcch盲检方法及装置、存储介质、用户设备
US11563511B2 (en) * 2017-11-15 2023-01-24 Idac Holdings, Inc. Polar coding system for ultra-reliable low latency communication
KR20200087828A (ko) * 2017-11-17 2020-07-21 텔레호낙티에볼라게트 엘엠 에릭슨(피유비엘) Mcs 및 cqi 표 식별
WO2019161547A1 (zh) * 2018-02-23 2019-08-29 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 动态配置方法、终端设备、网络设备及计算机存储介质
WO2020014985A1 (zh) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-23 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 侧行链路中数据传输的方法和终端设备

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103856300A (zh) * 2012-11-28 2014-06-11 电信科学技术研究院 一种用户反馈信息的传输方法和设备
EP3340671A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2018-06-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and related device

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CMCC: "Discussion on CSI report enhancement for CDRX", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1812891, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Spokane, USA; 20181112 - 20181116, 11 November 2018 (2018-11-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051554853 *
ERICSSON: "On SCI formats", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1813649 ERICSSON - ON SCI FORMATS, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Chengdu, China; 20181008 - 20181012, 11 November 2018 (2018-11-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051555707 *
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on aperiodic CSI report timing and relaxation", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1802192 AP CSI TIMING FINAL, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Athens, Greece; 20180226 - 20180302, 16 February 2018 (2018-02-16), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051397197 *
See also references of EP4016892A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112398575B (zh) 2022-04-12
JP2022544970A (ja) 2022-10-24
CN114844596A (zh) 2022-08-02
US20220173829A1 (en) 2022-06-02
CN112398575A (zh) 2021-02-23
EP4016892A1 (en) 2022-06-22
EP4016892A4 (en) 2023-01-11
CN114844596B (zh) 2023-04-11
KR20220061132A (ko) 2022-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021032029A1 (zh) 侧行链路信道状态信息传输的方法和通信装置
US11716611B2 (en) Method for reporting blind decoding capability, blind decoding configuration, blind decoding method, terminal and base station
CN112689969B (zh) 生成csi报告的方法和装置
CN111435897B (zh) 信息传输的方法和通信装置
US11678212B2 (en) Methods executed by user equipment and user equipment
EP2745593B1 (en) Scheduling communications
RU2686025C2 (ru) Система беспроводной связи с пользовательским оборудованием, работающим в одном поддиапазоне
US20210298030A1 (en) Sidelink Quality Measurement Method and Communications Apparatus
US11296855B2 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN112672378B (zh) 资源测量的方法和装置
CN111757518B (zh) 信息传输的方法和通信装置
WO2018202031A1 (zh) 干扰测量的方法及装置和获得信道状态信息的方法及装置
WO2020019982A9 (zh) 传输信息的方法、网络设备和终端设备
WO2018202058A1 (zh) 一种混合信道质量测量方法和用户设备
CN110933747A (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
WO2018202041A1 (zh) 信息发送的方法及其装置和信息接收的方法及其装置
WO2022082775A1 (zh) 一种信道状态信息上报方法及装置
WO2020156098A1 (zh) 发送、接收控制信息的方法及装置
US9578539B1 (en) Transmitting a data packet over a wireless communication link
WO2015003367A1 (zh) 反馈信道状态信息csi的方法、用户设备和基站
WO2017193409A1 (zh) 一种信道状态信息csi反馈和指示方法、装置和系统
CN111586859B (zh) 资源配置的方法和装置
WO2021056579A1 (zh) 一种dmrs样式指示信息的传输方法和通信装置
WO2023226833A1 (zh) 探测参考信号传输的方法和通信装置
WO2023010294A1 (zh) Phr上报方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20855230

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022510070

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227008538

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020855230

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220316